Tonsillectomy Recovery as Adult and Child

Planning and Recovering From Tonsillectomy and Adenoidectomy

Let’s start with my own tonsillectomy recovery story. I wasn’t always this healthy. As a kid I ingested more penicillin than a corporate-raised chicken. I was in the doctor’s office several times each year with a sore throat. As the doctor or nurse peered into my mouth, the reaction was always the same: “Whoa, those are some big tonsils!” The diagnosis was usually tonsillitis, or strep throat. As the doctor wrote the prescription, he’d explain that years ago, tonsils like mine would have been removed, but, “these days,” we try to hang onto them. “These days,” were the 1970’s. I guess the tonsillectomy pendulum had swung back from the days when kids got their tonsils out because their brother was getting his out.

Aunt Kate’s reassurance helped, but I still wrote out some just-in-case instructions for my brother and hid them in my closet. I sheepishly told him where they were, just in case.

“This is temporary. You WILL feel better. Hang in there and stay hydrated!” -Greg Tooke

As an adult I continued to suffer from frequent bouts of tonsillitis. It seemed that I caught every bug that passed through my house or workplace. I guess those big ugly tonsils were a nice home for those nasties. It wasn’t until my 40’s that I also became aware that I suffered from something called, Obstructive Sleep Apnea -a condition in which a person stops breathing while asleep. I snored often and would awake abruptly, gulping in big breaths. I felt tired most days. After raising four babies, I had come to accept fatigue as a normal part of life! One day at a routine physical my doctor remarked about the number of episodes of strep throat and tonsillitis I’d had. We also talked about the sleep problems. While he didn’t formally diagnose obstructive sleep apnea, he suspected that I had it. He recommended a tonsillectomy, because of all the tonsil problems I’d had. As a bonus, I might find relief from the sleep apnea as well.

If not, I’d undergo a sleep study. Forty four years old and father of four boys and a doctor finally said it: Those tonsils are doing you more harm than good! As much as I hated those tonsils, I was terrified at the thought of going under the knife. I started reading about tonsillectomy recovery on the internet and talking to friends. That didn’t help. “My cousin knew a guy who got a tonsillectomy and bled to death.” “At your age, tonsillectomy is dangerous.” When I met with the ear, nose and throat specialist, (an otolaryngologist), he told me that the risks are the same for an adult undergoing tonsillectomy surgery as for a child, but tonsillectomy recovery is longer and more painful. He was right about that!

Deciding to get a Tonsillectomy

Tonsillectomy Recovery Tips

Recovery tips for tonsillectomy patients and families

I scheduled the surgery for the day after Thanksgiving. A traditional day of feasting in the United States. If it was to be my last meal, I planned to make it a good one! As it turned out, I was so nervous and scared that I could hardly eat on that day. I was recently divorced and had shared placement of my four boys. So many people counted on me that I began to question my decision. What if I died on the table? How reckless to leave behind a family, simply to avoid frequent tonsillitis? My aunt, a registered nurse reassured me about how simple the surgery was, and how far anesthesiology had come. I had nothing to worry about. Aunt Kate’s reassurance helped, but I still wrote out some just-in-case instructions for my brother and hid them in my closet. I sheepishly told him where they were, just in case

“My tonsils were like a 400 pound gorilla on my back. I don’t miss them at all. Ever.” -from the forum ________________________________________________________________________________

I took a week off from work, asked my ex wife to take care of the boys that week, and asked my uncle to drive me to and from the hospital. (a requirement with anesthesia) That was about all the tonsillectomy recovery preparation I did. I was about to learn a lot!   Surgery went fine. I awoke in recovery with a serving of Jell-o in front of me. (“Jelly,” to my British friends) The nurse said that I had to finish it before I could check out. I swallowed it with great relish. It was divine! I called my uncle and we were out of there. I felt ok. I told him thanks and not to worry. I’d be fine. I believed this. Aside from a couple visits, I spent the next ten days alone in misery. The pain set in after about 24 hours. Streaming movies and television shows were my friends. Sleeping became my worst enemy. I’d wake up with my mouth dried out and my throat on fire. Oh my God. I was not prepared for this! I ran out of Popsicle’s on day three. I ran out of pain medicine on day five. The pain peaked on day seven. I broke down and cried in front of my brother on day eight- a combination of pain, drug induced depression, and sleep deprivation. Since then, I’ve read thousands of similar accounts on the tonsillectomy forum I created. It didn’t have to be so hard. If I’d known what I do now, I could have done so much to make my tonsillectomy recovery better. I hope to reach as many people as I can to help guide them through the tunnel. It has been my passion and taught me more about compassion and the amazing strength of the human spirit than any other life experience. When you shine a light for others, you also light your own path.

In the pages at follow, I’ll share tonsillectomy recovery tips with you that I learned from my tonsillectomy experience and years of coaching others through tonsillectomy and recovery. More about tonsillectomy…read more

1,277 thoughts on “Tonsillectomy Recovery as Adult and Child”

  1. Im 47 years old, did tonsillitis operation before 20 days ago and still have pain in the place of operation, feeling tired, pain in legs and headache

  2. Day 8 and had the shock of my life this morning. Woke up with blood pouring out of my mouth which filled a bowl. I was advised to come into hospital once I got here I was told it was pretty normal but I had to wait and see ENT. Whilst waiting it starts again filling 6 bowls with blood. Finally see ENT to be told it is normal they think a capillary burst and clotted to sort itself out but I am being kept in for 24 hour observation. It was like something out of the exorcist. Can’t wait for this to be over and done with.

  3. Hi everyone , thanks for the posts which has helped me. I’m 29 and I’m almost through day 3. Can anyone help with the swollen uvula problem??

    My uvula looks like one out of a cartoon and it’s about 5 times it’s usual size. I’m drinking water with ice which helps , but I keep choking on it.

    It also makes it impossible to blow nose or cough!

    Was so so under prepared for this surgery!!


    1. Just keep using cold compress and drink lots of cold water. The swelling will go down eventually. Try not to sneeze. I coughed but I tried to drink water ever time I felt the urge. You’ll be fine. Keeping drinking and swallowing no matter how bad it hurts.

  4. Hi all,

    I got my tonsillectomy robe two days ago. I did thorough research before hand so was it dpectong the pain. I have been diligently taking my pain meds on time which really helps with the pain. My ENT advised to start my normal diet on day two after surgery! He said the solid foods help scrape off the extra mucus that is stuck in the throat and decreases the chances of infection. I’ve stayed well hydrated and avoided all diary and sweet foods. Coconut milk ice lollies have been my favorite. I know it’s suppose to get a lot worse before it gets better and I am dreading that!! Especially when the scabs come off. How long does the foul breath last? Good luck to you all and I wish you a speedy recovery!

  5. I just got mine removed yesterday morning. I woke up from anesthesia gagging and snorting and choking trying to breath as i first came back from sleeping

    First day wasnt so bad, it was sore and tender and it was hard to swallow and drink water and eat even jello and fruit smoothie.

    That night it got pretty bad on terms of drinking. I woke up every hour from when i got home till now. Its almost 24 hours after now.

    Hopefully it gets better soon. I havnt puked yet thankfully

  6. I just want to say thank you Greg – reading and re-reading this website got me through my recovery. I’m so glad I was prepared for the pain to get worse before it got better – although I wasn’t quite prepared for how acute this was going to be, at least I knew it was coming.

    My tonsil stones have gone, my jackhammer snoring has (mostly) gone. I’m so happy I did it.

  7. Hello all! I am having a group of ENT surgeries done on July 9th (12 days, eek!) I have yet to find anyone who is having this group of procedure done, and am wondering if any wonderful people out there could help me out on what to expect!

    I started by asking my surgeon to remove my tonsils, as I have a lot of deep crevices and large tonsil stones that are very gross, very painful, and a daily problem. We then started talking about my multiple sinus infections (sinus drainage is causing the tonsil stones) and my inability to sleep due to congestion. All in all I am having my tonsils and adenoids removed, my lower turbinates removed, my deviated septum repaired, and my nostrils widened/reinforced with more cartilage to stop them from collapsing.

    I have been told I will be in bed unable to raise my blood pressure at all for the first two weeks, on a liquid diet. I know I will probably have to deal with nasal splits and packings as well as the mustache bandage. I know I will probably need someone to do most everything for me for a while and that I need to stay away from anything that can cause me to cough/sneeze.

    I’m just freaking out. It’s a lot for one go and I’m looking for any personal accounts of how long it will take before I want to swallow a bullet. Any stories or words of encouragement are appreciated 🙃

    1. Had my surgery June 22, this is July 4th. Do not skip your pain meds. Stay on top of it. Don’t freak if you cough and start bleeding. Try to remain calm, get to a sink and have bottomless ice water immediately to gargle with, the bleeding should stop in about 15 mins. If not call your Dr and his/her instructions. Liquid diet only! No matter how tempted or hungry you get. Be patient. Stay hydrated! Use a straw, seems to make sipping easy, less painful. I’m still recovering but I had just had an abcessed tonsil drained 3 days prior to surgery so that doesn’t speed recovery process.

    2. I am on day 5 post OP tonsillectomy adenoidectomy, septoplasty, turbinate reduction and some bilateral sinus cavity work. I have splints in but no packing. It to say the least has been a painful and rough road but not impossible. My wife said I was really grumpy today but that is because I’m tired and bored. It is hard to sleep with the splints in. I would suggest getting a saline rinse bottle and religiously washing the splints out (it is mind numbing how often you do this). I have gone through 3 gallons of distilled water. Also I found that wetting a tissue and packing in the nose cavity helps at night when you sleep. It sucks because you cant breathe out of your nose, but let’s face it you aren’t going to breathe out of it anyway. I eat sonic ice, pedialyte pops and pedialyte for hydration and I have been on a cream of chicken, cheddar broccoli and egg drop soup diet since day one. I have been able to get up and around each day taking care of my 7 month old daughter and my wife usually goes to the store when I need something. I was terrified of this surgery too but I was definitely preparing myself for the worst. There are some really bad times but also when the meds kick in, you get a sigh of relief. I found that taking 10ML of the liquid hydrocodone every 2 hours worked the best. You will not hold out for 4-6. I verified with my dr and he said it was ok as long as you dont exceed 3000 Mg acetaminophen per day. Take your meds on time and ask for more if you run out. Better to have too much than too little. Dont freak out! You will be just fine.

      1. Thank you for post. I have an upcoming surgery and the thought of it brings on anxiety. Every time I read you’ll be fine; it’s calming. I hope all is well and that you’re having a great recovery.

  8. I also had mine out Monday and my scabs are just starting to lift up… what stage are you in because I feel as though my recovery has taken forever

  9. Recovery day 6.
    I was sitting in bed and I coughed and instant blood everywhere!! I hemorrhaged!! So very scary!! They pumped 500 cc of blood from my stomach and back into the OR for 2 hours while the repaired the bleed and put multiple stitches in.
    Scared me to death. Has this happened to anyone else???

    1. That happened to my son while in recovery. So scary. He’s now on day 6 of recovery and it’s been hell. Hope you’re feeling better.

  10. Had my tonsils out 20/4/18 so coming up to 8 weeks ago now, was wondering how long this feeling of something in my throat and having no taste is going to last??? Any info will be most welcome.

    1. It is reasurring that someone else is experiencing the feeling of something in the throat all the time. It is 2 weeks since mine came out and i was thinking for the first 7-10 days it may have been the scabs dropping off but the feeling just isnt going. I have pain in the jaw and neck and bottom inside of mouth. Hoping for some answers at follow up appointment in 4 days.

  11. I’m 32 I got my tonsils out 5/24/18…I’m in so much pain I think would’ve preferred to stay with tonsil stones and strep all the time. While my throat isn’t hurting quite as much my left ear is in an amount of pain I can’t describe every time I swallow it feels like a knife stabbing my ear drum and left side of my throat. I’m sure my local pharmacy thinks I’m up to something since I’m going through Tylenol, ibuprofen and alieve like peanut butter m&ms. But man eating regular foods still hurts like the dickens. Any pointers anybody ??? Asking for a friend

  12. I’m an 18 year old female and I am currently on day 8 of my recovery. The first 2 days were painful, but in retrospect they were heaven compared to what I would soon have to go through. Day 3-6 felt like someone was constantly torching th back of my throat, pouring acid into my ears, and punching me in the neck for good measure. The ENT did not prepare me for the pain in my ears. I have been drinking water fairly consistently, but the thought of food leaves me gagging. I have lost 12 pounds and I was only 138 to begin with, so I am very weak and I find it hard to move around too much. The medicine was great the first few days, because it would immediately put me to sleep but I ran out fairly quickly and am now taking tylenol only which is so painful. The taste in my mouth is foul and every time I talk I can smell it which leaves me gagging and in pain. I wish I had never done this surgery… tonsillitis is way easier and this is absolutely excruciating.

  13. Hi all! I had my tonsils removed on 5/8/18. So today is day 7. I am so thankful for this forum it prepared me. It wasn’t as bad as I expected luckily (I did however prepare for the end of the world). On day 1 I was choking on mucus and saliva to the point I vomited three times. But after that I haven’t felt sick or even needed the anti nausea medicine once. My doctor makes these suckers that numb your throat and mouth so that helped me get through day one. I took the medicine on schedule the first 2 days. Apple sauce then medicine every six hours. Day three i spread it to 8 hours, day 4 was 12 hours and on day five I only took them at bed. I haven’t had any since day five. I’m only taking 2 advil as needed every 6 or so hours. I’ve only had them once today. I think what has made my recovery so much better is on day 4 I forced my self to eat more than just apple sauce or jello. I ate toast (barely qualifies as toast it was just warmed on the lowest toaster setting) and felt so much stronger instantly. I rinsed every very small bite down with ice and water. Now on day seven I’m talking more and eating like normal – still only soft foods no crackers chips etc obviously. Ice also helps. That awesome crushed ice has helped lower the amount of mucus and saliva that was pooling in the back of my throat. I forced myself to start talking yesterday and In doing that it has made that god awful test/smell in my throat go away too. It doesn’t hurt but it’s not always the most comfortable to talk. I still have to sleep sitting up or I feel like I’m choking and drowning instantly but 1 more week and I should be good to go back to sleeping normal and in my bed. I know everyone’s recovery is different but listen to your body. Try to eat something with substance so you don’t get weak. When you’re weak recovery is harder and longer. Best of luck to all and remember it will be worth it in the end!

  14. Oh my god. I’m so scared! I got my tonsils out the 10(Thursday) of May and I guess I’m on day 4 if you count day or procedure. I thought I was in pain now. I wake up in the morning miserable. I’m constantly drinking, but that seems to be doing nothing but hurt me. The pain meds are wonderful but they make me Itch. How much more pain am I going to be in?

  15. Wow.. I have read many stories on this site of tonsillectomy and My case have been a little different.. I went under the knife April 20th for this surgery and it has become a nightmare for me.. My experience as far as pain as been the same for me like everyone else but i have a few problems now.. My biggest problem is my loss of taste.. Idk if its due to the surgery of them burning out my tonsils and the heat may have damaged a nerves im not sure or maybe the anesthesia.. Idk.. My other problem is now i feel like its a tiny ball stuck in my throat but i was told it would go away soon.. My next problem is that I can no long gulp fluids without the fluids wanting to come out my left nostril.. I went in for a surgery and came out with all of this.. I just hope my taste comes back .. Any advice would help.. Thanks

    1. I had my tonsillectomy in Feb and never ummmm…. I never lost fluids out of my nostrils. Now it happens all the time. Whilst I would not want my tonsils back after a fairly miserable existence with them, this was an unexpected side effect. Sorry, I never lost my taste, but my sneezing is awful.

    2. Hi Danny i too had my tonsils out on 20th April and yes i i too have no taste and feel like i have a golf ball stuck in my throat was told this feeling could take 6 months to go and i will get my taste back eventually. I do sneeze more than i used to but at least over the worse.

  16. Hi all. I’m a 23 year old female and got my tonsils removed on April 24th, so about 10 days ago if you count surgery day. Let me just start off by saying that this recovery has been HELL. I have never expirenced pain like this in my entire life. My first two days seemed okay and I was pleasantly surprised. I was eating soft foods and drinking with little pain. Once days 3-6 came…. I felt like I was hit with a ton of bricks. Nothing helped the pain, I could not stand to swallow anything and ended up getting dehydrated and had to get fluids pumped in me at the ER. However once I got through that hump things started to get better and have been consistently since. I still do have pain and the referred pain in the ears, mostly at night and in the morning. I feel as though the scabs are starting to come off- I hope. I mostly just feel like I have a case of strep throat, which is tolerable given what I had just gone through.

    Anyways this website realllllllllllyyy helped me through this recovery. Reading everyone else’s stories made me feel like I wasn’t alone because during those painful days, it was easy to get depressed, and I did. I hope anyone reading this before surgery doesn’t get discouraged but deffinetly be prepared. Don’t make the same mistakes I did and DRINK WATER!!!

  17. This site has been so helpful during my recovery. Thanks to Greg and everyone for sharing your journey. I’m going to share mine in hopes of helping others like you’ve all helped me.

    I’m 35 years old and live in NYC. Had my tonsils out 6 days ago.

    Overall the pain is akin to the worst bout of tonsillitis I’ve ever had (I had to get Percocet to help with the pain from that bout to put it in perspective) but the difference between that and the tonsillectomy is that it is on both sides of my throat, my tongue and whereas a typical case of tonsillitis (for me) would go away after a couple of days with steroids this extremely sore throat just keeps kicking. So it’s essentially groundhogs day with the worst sore throat of your life.

    For me, I can get the pain under control with extra strength Tylenol. It doesn’t go away but makes it manageable…until I start to think I’m feeling better and listen to my grumbly tummy and try to eat. Then I just wake the dragon and all hell breaks loose. My throat swells, feels on fire and I have searing shooting pain in both ears. As soon as this happens I’ve been taking a Percocet, waiting a bit for it to kick in then give eating another shot.

    I’m only eating soft foods, mashed sweet potatoes have been my favorite, and find that cold water or iced tea seem to be the most tolerable drinks.

    Things that have helped me:

    – Ice packs on neck. I got one that wraps around (supposed to be for the back) and I put it over my whole neck/chin/jawline. It helps SO much.

    – Drinking everything with ice. This seems to really help.

    – Concentrating on swallowing down the middle of my tongue/throat really helps avoid extra pain.

    – Hot baths.

    – Relaxing my throat muscles. This was a huge help. I read it on this site and boy was it a life saver.

    Overall I feel I was unprepared for the duration of this thing and underestimated my recovery time. I thought I’d be back at work in a week. Ha! Make sure to give yourself plenty of time to heal.

    Good luck everyone!

    1. Forgot to add that I’ve been swishing mouth wash around only in my mouth several times a day to help with the horrible taste. After the mouthwash I use regular water to rinse, gargle and spit. It has been a lifesaver in making the decaying taste of scabs go away.

      1. Just wanted to update everyone. Today is day 9 and like so many others have said once you hit day 8 it really gets better. I feel like on day 8 I truly turned a corner and my throat went from excruciatingly searing pain to just the pain of a mild case of strep. Today it was even better. I was actually able to eat two meals today which was a godsend as I’ve been so hungry but unable to eat. I also went to one meeting (didn’t talk much so it was okay) and was able to pick my son up from school and take him to the park with his friends and then pick up my daughter. It was great to feel well enough to be a mom again as before today I mostly relied on help from their other parent and my mom.

        Hoping it’s smooth sailing from here. But for those of you reading this and looking for the light at the end of the tunnel it’s coming!

        For me it was day 8. Hang in there!

  18. This is the best post i have read on here, i am on day 4 and am managing my pain killers quite well, i still have pain when i swollow.
    I sleep upright with a CPAP machine (i have sleep aponea) think this is helping quite a lot.
    Eating is hard as you say everything gets stuck so i wash everything down with water.
    I know i have a long way to go and am waiting for the pain to set in as everyone has warned me but my biggest fear is bleeding i so do not want this to happen.

    Im finding these pages a great help but must say reading them before my op made me so nervous and worried, good luck everyone speak soon 🤭

  19. Hi Everyone!

    I’m 24 years old and 2 weeks post surgery and let me just say… you are in for a ride.

    Like many people on this forum I was FREAKED out when I read all the comments. I must of read hundreds and whilst it prepared me for the surgery and what to expect from the recovery, it did give me unnecessary anxiety going into it.

    There’s a lot of repetition in the forum so I won’t be going day by day in detail but I will try and give some helpful notes.

    1. Most importantly – YOU WILL NOT REGRET THIS! Yes, it’s painful as hell and it will make you have teary moments but not at one point did I regret this. It will help your health in the long run and that is way more important than a few days of pain.
    2. I live in Australia so I’m not sure how the pain medication differs in other countries but this is the best advice I got from my doctor. Every time I took an endone (oxy) I would take 2 advil and panamax with it. They would help the oxy to work at it’s best.
    3. Keep yourself occupied in different ways! I took breaks from Netflix because staring at a screen started giving me headaches. I would hang out with my housemates on the couch even though I was in incredible pain and unable to talk. Surrounding yourself with positive people who are gonna distract you from the pain is important.
    4. Oatmeal was the only thing I could eat for a number amount of days. I didn’t read much about people getting food stuck in their throat but this was a massive issue for me! Anything other than oatmeal would just sit at the back of my throat and I would end up having to cough it back up – disgusting I know… which brings me to my next point.
    5. THIS IS THE MOST DISGUSTING SURGERY EVER! The vile smell that comes from your mouth (do anyone that’s around you a favour and don’t talk), the spitting up the rotting bits of scab every morning (days 5-8 for me) and all the mucus that forms in your mouth and back of your throat.
    6. When I was high on oxy I would find some really fun things to do that were a different type of distraction. I planned about 5 different holidays over a couple of days because it really took my mind off the pain and put me in a headspace I was going on a holiday. Seems silly I know, but you’d be surprised how helpful something like this could be.
    7. Take 2 weeks off work! You’ll feel better by day 10 but give yourself an extra few days to relax because coming off the pain killers is terrible. I didn’t read anything about this on the forum so I might be different but I’m having a difficult time coming off the oxy (I’m on day 13 btw). My body hurts and I constantly feel irritated which prevents me from sleeping. Not nice.
    8. I did wake up in the middle of the night to bleeding on night 8. There was quite a lot of blood but my housemate called the hospital and they said unless I’m struggling to breathe I didn’t need to come in. Bleeding did not hurt me one bit! Just ruined my sheets my mum gave me for Christmas 🙁
    9. My final point and I cannot stress this enough – please try and have a positive attitude about this. We are very lucky to be able to get our tonsils removed so remember that! I found having a sense of humour helped me get through this. My housemates would joke around with me, call me smelly (the breath) and make fun of how useless I was. At the same time, they were always there to cook me my daily oatmeal and rub my back when I was feeling beat.

    Extra things that helped me:

    – Ice water was way easier for me to get down. Please drink lot’s of water to prevent bleeding.
    – Ice packs were my hero
    – Not talking from days 3-8, I used pen and paper to communicate
    – Obviously by a humidifier
    – Earplugs for the earaches
    – Having a vegan diet (meat and dairy hurts the throat)
    – Icy poles NOT ice cream
    – Hot baths
    – Start going for walks on about day 7/8 to get your body working again.

    Yes this hurts! There’s different types of pain throughout the 2 weeks but it’s nothing you can’t handle. Completely worth it! My right tonsil was constantly infected for 18 months and I was sick of it. Good riddance!

    Good luck everyone!

  20. Hi Mr.Greg thank you for your Tonsillectomy story,it was very helpful to me.Today is my second day of the recovery.I had my surgery done on 4/12/18. I have been having chronic tonsillitis for one year,and the only way to solve the problem was to get my tonsils out. The first day of my surgery it wasn’t that bad it just felt like a normal strep throat, and the second day which is today,from a scale to one to ten the pain is a four. I hope it stays this way. I have heard many stories online that on the fourth day the pain levels up. I heard that adults take longer to recover than children do. I am a 34 year old female with type two diabetes.😕

    1. Hi Lia! Thanks for writing. Yes day one is often the honeymoon. My son had a tonsillectomy on Wednesday. I’ve got him drinking as much as possible, running a humidifier, sleeping in a recliner and alternating between Tylenol and ibuprofen. So far he’s doing very well. I hope you do to. I think it’s also important to eat whatever you can. btw he takes oxycodone before bed and when he gets up in the morning. Hasn’t needed it rest of day.
      Take care and please stay in touch!

  21. Hi all, your information has been very helpful in preparation for a tonsillectomy. I’m scared to death! I think it will kill me. I’m tough and have a strong pain tolerance. I have never used pain medications. I have birthed three babies naturally. I am a57 year old female. I have had two peritonsillar abscesses in eight months. Both times aspirated, The first time, I was intimidated and my blood pressure went very high. Anesthesia with complications. I’m a heavy smoker. I’m going for a sleep study soon for apnea. I have had numerous bouts with tonsillitis and strep my whole life. Begged the dr. to take them out years ago. My daughter had her tonsils out at age 27. She is the toughest person ever and it was very hard for her, but she said she would do it again because she doesn’t get sick like she did as a child. Thanks for reading. Any feedback would be appreciated.

  22. Hi all, I am now 5 weeks post surgery, best thing I ever did. I had no idea how blocked my throat was now I can breathe properly again. Except one tiny thing… I hate my new sneezes. A small price to pay, but does anyone else have a new sneeze? And will I ever get my old one back? My new yawn sucks too, but I can live with that one.

  23. Age 42. Day 10 from first surgery, day 4 from second. First 1 day was tough 7/10 pain. days 2-5 were more like a 5-6/10 but day 6 was 8-9/10. and then the bleed. felt a little trickle of warmth in the back of my throat. too far down to spit it up so i had to swallow it. tried cold water rinses to get it to stop as suggested online. After 2 hours and starting to feel nauseous, headed to emerg. Doctor on call said, you can get some bleeding with a tonsillectomy. I told him I had been swallowing blood for 3 hours at that point. placed me on IV and started some acid injection that is supposed to help clotting. no effect now 5 hours of swallowing blood. starting to get very nauseous so they started an IV anti nauseant which helped immensely, for about an hour. tried hanging my head over the sink for the blood to drip out instead of swallowing, but placing my head that low meant increased pressure and no chance of a natural stoppage. By the time anesthesia and surgeon arrived i was full out vomiting blood clots and, as we found out later, had caused 2 more bleeds. went under GA, cauterized bleeders and have now been 3 days. Small bleed last night. stopped quickly with the cold water.
    So my healing is at two stages. day 10 on the stuff they didnt touch up and day 4 for the stuff they recauterized. I told my wife last night after the slight bleeding “If i have to go under again, they will have to keep me on IV till im done, because I cant handle this”
    notes that I havent seen elsewhere here:
    1) pain is very episodic. Take your pain meds whether you need them or not. dont be a hero.
    2) I found dairy to cause a lot of mucous – bad if you focus on it and feel the need to clear your throat. Good for keeping your throat moist. If I have a mucousy throat and go to sleep, i dont have near the dry throat pain I do if I have been sipping water before sleeping.
    3) warm oatmeal with protein powder in it
    4) raw egg in a 1/2 cup chicken or beef broth.
    5) my uvula is so swollen it looks like a little cocktail wiener sitting on my tongue. Swelling just starting to come down on day 10.
    6) Do not risk a rebleed. do nothing for those 10 days. Second ENT said theres a bit of risk on day one but then the higher risk is day 6-10. If your pain goes well, you’ll feel good by then and be tempted to go do things. Dont. if you go to surgery a second time, the clock starts over.
    7) Found water with electrolytes to sting less than normal room temp water.
    8) if pain is interfering with your ability to stay hydrated and fed, ask for more meds. my second ENT gave orders for 1 tylenol 3 every 6 hours. my first gave me 2 every 4. theres some variation from person to person.
    9) start adding mild laxative to your food as soon as you are eating anything at all. again, don’t be a hero. You don’t want to be sitting in emerg on day 7 with a rebleed because your were constipated and pushed too hard. use the stuff you add to water and just do one a day.
    10) do “granny exercises” for your tongue and jaw: jaw forward, back repeat 20 times. jaw right, left repeat 20 times. jaw open, closed repeat 20 times. tongue out, in repeat 20. tongue left, right repeat 20. tongue against roof, floor repeat 20. do these to the degree possible right from day one and it will significantly decrease the pain you feel in your jaw and tongue and has helped with the numbness in my tongue. (My granny’s tongue was always waving around, even when she wasnt talking – which wasnt often).

    Those are my thoughts. hope it helps. If you are reading this pre-surgery? better be darn sure you need to do this before you start. My ent was russian. before surgery he comes to my bed and says “you have tonsillectomy. It will hurt. Any questions?”


  24. Hello all,
    Age 32 and on day 6. Cannot wait for this to be over. It is just torture.
    Yesterday I had such an easy day and thought I was out of the rough patch but I woke today in excruciating pain.
    I’m not gonna repeat the same as others but can I please give one piece of advice when you are suffering.
    Just relax your body, focus on your breathing and deep breaths in through your nose and fill your chest and long breaths out of your mouth.
    Don’t underestimate the power if breathing.
    Good luck all

  25. Had a tonsilectomy a back in late January, took the surgeon over an hour to get the tonsils and adenoids out. Had a crappy time in recovery. Then the next 2 weeks where some of the worst days I have ever experienced. 10/10 pain on swallowing with endone making little to no difference. The recovery story is pretty much the same as everyone, it sucks. But I wanted to add that 10 weeks later, I have not felt this healthy in a long long time, I no longer snore, have more energy and dont fall asleep in the afternoons anymore. The best thing I ever did was getting those rancid puss filled tonsils out. Male mid 40’s

  26. Hi, I am on day 15 of recovery. I am a 49 year old male living in the UK.

    I have as most others suffered with sore throats all my life and over the last 15 years a consistently large inflamed right tonsil. I had been told by everyone it’s not a nice operation for an adult and recovery would be painful. For once all those “expert novice Surgeons” were correct and it’s been a tough ride.

    Days 1 to 4, actually were not that bad although drinking any kind of fluid was very painful and eating was liquid or soft food only. Stock up on ice lollies as they will be your friend along with your pain releif.

    Days 5 to 10, where do I start. The pain is beyond what I had prepared myself for and there were tears on a few occasions as even drinking anything was beyond comprehension. Knowing I was dehydrating you realise you must drink but every part of your body is dreading every sip. The other thing is the taste in your mouth, yuck. No matter how many times you brush your teeth it remains. Perhaps a personal issue as many people talk about the tiredness but I was the opposite caused but the painkillers. Over a 6 day window I had 4 hours sleep. This was hard as the pain never goes away and your always thinking about it in addition to overnight TV being terrible.

    Days 10 to 15, constipation is now my enemy as I realise I have not visited the toilet for over two weeks due to the medication. It competes for my attention now along with the pain from my throat. Now eating normal food is possible I suddenly have no appetite as everything still tastes yuck. The pain in my throats is going away and every so often I can feel the fluff coming off the scars.

    Do –
    Stock up on water based ice lollies, soup, ice cream and painkillers as you will need them all.
    Try to sleep upright where you can as it helps.
    Get up and move around, sitting for two weeks in one place only brings other problems.
    Pre prepare some movies, music or books to keep to entertained, you find the people around you are great for the first few days but as time goes on they become less tolerant of your woes.

    Don’t –
    Drink fruit based smoothies thinking they have lots of goodness inside them and they will substitute food, they hurt like hell to swallow due to the acidic fruit content. Orange juice is horrific and is nippy.
    Don’t listen to those who say it can’t be that sore, it is!
    Don’t think you will be back at work in a few days, I am fit, active and in good health yet this has floored me for over two weeks.

  27. I’m currently at the end of Day 4 since my combined tonsillectomy, balloon sinuplasty, and septoplasty. I’m 25 years old This has by no means been a walk in the park so far, but it honestly isn’t as bad as I had feared it would be. Back in October I had an abscess inside my tonsil that I had to get lanced, and the pain from this recovery so far has not been quite as severe as the pain from the abscess. On the day of my surgery when I got home, I slept for 95% of the rest of the day. Woke up around 2am in a lot of pain and had to migrate from my bed to the recliner and continued to wake up every 45 minutes or so. I think this first night was definitely the worst for me because I had packing in my nose from the sinus surgery so I had literally no choice but to breathe out of my mouth. My tongue was like sandpaper (gross I know) even though I tried to drink as frequently as possible. I did not eat anything that first day and just drank water when I could. At 8:30 the next morning I saw my ENT to get the packing removed from my nose thank God. It took most of the second day for the congestion to clear up but once it did it was a big relief for me. Day 2 I would say my pain was around a 4 or so during the day. I was able to eat some popsicles and cream of wheat which tasted like heaven. Again, the middle of the night and first thing in the morning were the worst for me. I was prescribed liquid hydrocodone and a steroid for the swelling. I alternated the hydro every 6 hours with extra strength liquid Tylenol. That seemed to help most of the time. Day 3 was pretty uneventful, tried to incorporate mashed potatoes into my diet but it made my jaw pretty tired and sore. Went to bed, woke up at like 2am again in a lot of pain so I took more meds and put ice packs on my neck which helped me go back to sleep. Today, day 4, the morning sucked as usual but once the steroid kicked in I was feeling much better. Pain was probably at a 3 most of the day. Today I was also able to leave the house to grab a couple of things from the store and made an appearance at a family gathering. I was able to eat some more “real” food there which included potato salad and a roll. After being out of the house for about 1 1/2 I was EXHAUSTED. I guess I’m still building up stamina. Tomorrow will day 5 and hopefully things continue to go smoothly. I know a lot of people say the pain is worse when the scabs fall off so I won’t be super shocked if I start to go downhill but I’m trying my best to stay positive and am overall pleasantly surprised at how well I’ve been doing!

  28. I had my op 12 hours ago, at a lovely hospital in the UK. My consultant said, “don’t worry you’ll be fine, it will feel like a bought of tonsillitis”. Now I’ve had quinsy also and this feels a lot worse. Ice is helping and under UK NHS guidance I’ve managed to eat a bit of toast! I’m so tired but scared to fall asleep because of the pain everyone tells me I’m going to feel on days 2/3. I know this isn’t life threatening. I know this isn’t just happening to me. I know it’s not the worst thing I could be going through. For all those people enduring this though, sleep tight. Kate

  29. Im 37 .
    Just had my surgery today…scared about what is to come. Was scared all week and had horrible anxiety…scared to be put under in fear Id never wake up and my babies would be without me.
    Havent slept all day after surgery. Its not 11:30pm and I really dont wanna go to bed.

    Thank you for this blog.

    1. Hi Andie. Glad you made it through surgery and have begun your recovery. It might not be fun but I’m sure it’ll be worth it. It was for me. Stay hydrated and read up on all the tips from these pages. We’ll be here for you. Remember: This is temporary!

  30. Just stumbled across this blog. OMG. My tonsillectomy is planned for tomorrow. I haven’t organised anything – food-wise and I’m starting to freak out where I can buy a humidifier last minute- probably on my way to the hospital. I just made note of all the drugs I’m going to ask the doctor for. I hate pain. Reason for the tonsillectomy- re-occuring strep resulting in psoriasis guttate (the worsed). I have two small kids and run a business. I have signed myself off for the next 10 days and am going to camp out away from everything and everyone. Hoping to come back without tonsils , no more reoccurring strep & 7 kg lighter 😉 – Hope it (the pain) will be worth it..

    1. Hope you made out ok! Don’t let these stories scare you too much.

      I’m a 32 year old female and I’m on Day 11 of my recovery. It was no worse than strep throat the entire time. My scabs are more than half gone already! Just get that humidifier, drink constantly and stay on top of the pain by taking your meds on time, every time!

  31. Female, 45, had my surgery on Monday 26th Feb, it is currently Tues 6th March, day 8. Tonsillectomy only, enlarged tonsils, multiple bouts of tonsillitis (last one landed me in hospital), potential cause for sleep apnea.

    Thank you to all the past tonsillectomy warriors who have helped us all get through this. This website has been a godsend.

    We’re all different, but my recovery has been similar to the prior posts, except I am still waiting for that second wave of pain… in that everyone says at day 6-ish it gets much worse. it has hardly been a walk in the park, but today I came off painkillers entirely – subject to change if that second wave of pain comes in. I still can’t swallow well or without a lot of pain (eating is still a chore), but the rest of the time now the pain is 1 or 2 out of 10.

    The advice I want to re-iterate:
    * The humidifier overnight is compulsory
    * Chewing gum helps moisten the area when you can. I would often wake up and go straight for the gum to get my throat going.
    * Keep on the pain meds timetable – I never took the overnight ones because I slept well the entire time, but if the pain is keeping you awake, take the drugs
    * Drink as much water as you can tolerate.

    Other things:
    * it’s hard to breathe at times due to the swollen uvula and throat
    * you will feel weak and tired that entire time – drugs and lack of food means you will have no energy at all. Every day for the last 8 days, I had 12-16 hours sleep a day, and I am still exhausted
    * weight loss – I am down 7 kgs (15pounds) since last week, I expect that will continue down a little more as I am still not eating properly. Will now focus on keeping that off! At least there is an upside of the last crappy 8 days.
    * if you were on opioids, and had to take stool softeners, the diarrhoea will kick in soon enough. Yay, one more thing to deal with.

    I never got to that point of “I can’t do this” or “I wish I never did it”. It has sucked, OMG it has sucked, but it wasn’t horrific.

    1. Just wanted to update it is now Thurs 8th March, so either day 10 post surgery or day 11 including day of surgery (depending on how you are counting), and I feel almost back to my normal self. I still can’t eat without some pain, so that “proper meal” is yet to be enjoyed (fingers crossed for this weekend!), but I am eating more, and have more energy and I am up and about and being a lot more active than I was for the first 7 days. No painkillers in the last 2 days, although I am sure I could take them before meals to make that a little easier, but I have always been the kind of person who hates taking meds. I have been a bit chatty today and have noticed I am getting a husky voice at times, and more talking = more pain.
      The weight loss has stopped (damn), but otherwise my recovery was unremarkable except I didn’t get that second wave of pain mentioned by pretty much everyone else. The pain was even throughout, gradually tapering down after about day 6.

  32. Today is day 7. Still very little pain. I had been taking dilaudid and Tylenol every 4 hours until day 4, then went to every 6, now I am only taking it as needed.

    I had a minor bleed on day 4 and went to get checked out, but it stopped on its own, thank god.

    Scabs slowly seem to be “thinning”, I’m finding in can see some pink showing behind the white now.

    This was way easier than I worried it would be. I was scared to death. I’m eating everything except crunchy foods. Just chewing like crazy and drinking tons of water with everything.

    I also sleep with a warm mist humidifier. Helps a TON!

  33. I had my tonsils out on Feb 20th. I’m now post op day 10…. I’m 47.
    Wow! What a hard 10 days.
    Like most, my surgery day was ok just a bit of discomfort really… day 2-3 was bearable but eating was uncomfortable. Night times are hard and hardly slept. Day 4-10 were by far the hardest. My pain peaked on day 8. I had a small bleed day 8 and a clot on day 9 but today day 10 there is improvement. Still keeping up with regular meds. Co-codomol and ibroprofen .
    It’s been a very painful experience that i definitely wouldn’t want to go through again. I had read the horror stories and the not so horror stories and had hoped I’d be somewhere in the middle. I’d say Day 6,7,8&9 were the worse. Eating was the main issue because it’s very painful to do even if it’s soft foods. I won’t lie it’s not an easy four days. I struggled big time with pain.
    My tips for a good recovery are ;
    Set alarm during the night to take meds…DO NOT let them run out!!
    Sip cold water regularly use iced when really sore
    Ice pops are a god send but avoid highly flavoured ones as they sting.
    Ice cream is ok but does leave a mucussy film which when your throat is really painful is hard to clear.
    Ice packs work well. I did use heat pads too after day 8 which did bring some relief.
    Use lip balm, my lips were very sore afterwards.
    If you have any damage to your mouth, I did, it gets better. I had a numb swollen tongue and the feeling is returning slowly,
    Sleep will be limited as your throat dries out and wakes you. It’s very uncomfortable when it happens so keep water close by
    I slept propped up every night which was easier than laying flat.
    I ate things like runny thinned out porridge, rice pudding, soups, scrambled egg, jelly, yoghurt. My mum made me some dinners but I literally mashed them up and tried. Hurt like hell but felt nice to have tasty food. Oh talking hurts a lot too so limit that. My kids have learnt my sign language lol
    You get a horrible taste in your mouth and your tongue goes yellow, I’m told all normal and simple teeth brushing or gargle helps.
    One tip to remember on day 4-9 when the scabs come off don’t use a mouthrinse it really stings bad! I had difflam but did not help at all really.
    Today Is Day 10 post op & was brave enough to try toast!!! I was surprised that if you eat it in small bites and chew it’s not that bad….
    am feeling brighter today but I’m lightheaded and weak from lack of nutritious food and sleep. Rest lots…. being a hero will delay the healing process.
    What ever you do, whatever your pain you have to eat and drink. honestly it is essential.
    It’s tough but you get there. Ive still got a way to go but it does get easier
    hope everyone gets on ok and has a speedy recovery

    1. On day 5 after my surgery… was at its peak so far … reading experiences online is helping me prepare for the finish….

  34. Hi everyone, I am a 20 year old female and am on day 11 of my recovery.

    I want to start by saying that everyones bodies differ and both the healing process and pain threshold are not the same for everyone. For example, my best friend had this same surgery about 2 years ago and felt almost completely back to normal by day 6. Unfortunately, that was not the same case for me, and after talking with her it seemed as though her healing process was not nearly as painful as mine.

    Days 1-3 were definitely rough – prepare yourself for total misery. This should be the same result across the board, no one feels great the first few days after any surgery. Taking your medication is very important! Along with other pain killers (because you will need them). I recommend logging the times of your medication and food intake as it becomes difficult to keep track over time, but it is important to know you are taking the proper dosage at the correct times. I will also advise popsicles, smoothies (but not through a straw, spoon fed) and dairy-free ice cream during this time. Sip on water constantly throughout all the days of your recovery, hydration is key.

    Days 4-5 were strangely good, still in significant pain but felt much better than before. My food intake was a little better over this time, but it still hurt a lot to swallow anything.

    Day 6 was the day I actually thought I was dying. Not to scare anyone, as everyones experiences are different, but this day was absolute torture. There is a nerve that connects from your inner ear to your throat, unfortunately for me that nerve was completely compromised in my healing process. Anything I swallowed, it felt as though my throat and ears were on fire. It was an indescribable, sharp, piercing, hot burn that would take forever to go away. Even if I inhaled heavily my ears would hurt.

    Days 7-9 sadly were very similar to day 6. I was unable to get out of bed, unable to eat anything, and did a lot of crying (but be careful, as crying can build up mucus in your nose and throat which is very painful to discharge while you are crying). I made an appointment with my ENT surgeon on day 7 for a check-up and to get new medications, as I was originally prescribed a liquid morphine but it continually was making me nauseous to the point of me puking a lot. He said my throat was healing perfectly and that unfortunately, there was nothing he could do about the excruciating pain in my ears except advise me to take more Advil in between taking my new medication, which he prescribed oxycodone (still made me slightly nauseous, but I began taking Gravol 15 minutes before I would take the oxygen and it helped significantly).

    Day 10-11 have been extremely more tolerable. I have started to eat, mainly pudding cups and chocolate chip pancakes. I had oatmeal for supper which wasn’t so hard to swallow either and my appetite has definitely gotten better. The only pain I have now is centralized on the right side of my throat connecting to my inner ear. I am continuing with the pain medications as they still help and am confident that I will be able to return to a fully regular routine in about 3-4 days from now.

    I had meant to keep this so much shorter but there is too much information I wanted to share. There are some general tips and warnings I would also like to give:
    – ice packs are your best friend, the muscles under your chin and on your neck become very tight and sore so it is handy to have an ice pack available; I have one constantly at my side
    – no straws
    – you will wake up at least once or twice in the night (I didn’t set alarms, however I wish I had) and your throat will be dry and in a lot of pain, so always make sure there is water on your nightstand
    – I literally did not eat anything for about 3 days which is scary as I almost fainted in the shower the one day. I suggest meal replacement drinks to replenish your body with nutrients that are being lost, and constant hydration
    – I regret not buying a humidifier for my room as my throat always became very dry in the night
    – you must have a support system – do not undergo this surgery if you live alone or do not have someone checking in on you regularly
    – the best thing you can do is force yourself to sleep as much as you can, but only in hour increments as you need to wet your throat

    Overall, this surgery was the most difficult thing I have ever been through and I currently regret it. That being said, I know it will be worth it in the long run. However, I do suggest on not having this surgery unless completely necessary.

    Best of luck to all!

    1. I have to agree I’m at Day ten post op and regretted it, I’m sure once this is all over I will be happy never to get tonsillitis again! Hope you get on ok

    2. Now Day 16 – so much better! There is still some discomfort when I swallow food but nothing overly painful. I’m eating full meals again, but still only soft food. My go-to’s have been oatmeal, pancakes, any form of pasta, and smoothies. I’m also still steering clear of anything acidic – for me specifically any type of berry seems to still sting my throat. Still icing my neck from time to time and I constantly have a water bottle in my hand. Today is the first day that I have taken no medication whatsoever, not even Advil when I first wake up. My throat seems to feel as though its constantly dry, but not in the painful way it had felt before.
      IT GETS BETTER!!! I truly didn’t think the pain would ever end but it is slowly stopping and I could not be more happy.

  35. My experience has been on par with everything I have read. One note that I believe helped sooooo much GET A HUMIDIFIER. It kept my throat moist when I slept, I still woke up with it dry but it was far better.

    Second, I didn’t read very much about the mucus that developed as a result of the surgery. I honestly have no idea where my body is keeping all of it. It was thick, stinky, green and abundant. I got into a routine that when I woke up I would try to cough and spit out as much as possible, then brush my teeth and rinse with salt water. This helped break it up.

    I also found that if I went 4 hours and 5 minuets past my last pain dosage the pain came back with a vengeance. Take it as described don’t let the time lapse. It will help

  36. I am on Day 2 of tonsillectomy recovery. The most pain I’ve had was in the recovery room following the surgery, because they were giving me fentanyl, which does nothing for me. Once I got back to the day surgery unit I got hydromorphone and Tylenol and I was good to go.
    Pain all day yesterday was 3/10, went to bed and slept with a humidifier. Woke up every 4 hours for meds, but set my alarm for every 2 so I could keep myself hydrated.

    Today is the same. 2/10 pain at most. My appetite is raging, but I’m taking it easy. I’ve had Greek yogurt, chicken broth and luke warm coffee.

    I’m sure it will get worse before I’m done, but so far I am so happy with my decision to do this. I’ve suffered from strep, tonsil stones, etc for years. I had “kissing tonsils” which had huge caverns in them. ENT said they were embedded all over the place, and full of “liquid”. Yuck.

    Just remember – humidifier is your best friend, and drink!!!!!!

  37. Hi! I’m hoping for some advice. I have a tonsillectomy scheduled for March 15th, and after reading these stories… I just don’t know if I should go through with it? I have had 6 cases of strep throat/ tonsillitis since the end of Sept 2017… it’s been a miserable miserable six months….Here’s the things though, I went to see an ENT. He basically told me to think it over, and let me know when you want to do the tonsillectomy. I scheduled after a few days. I had just been sick with strep throat again, and I was miserable. I finished that round of antibiotics the first week of Feb 2018…. and I haven’t had strep since then. I guess I’m just looking for advice. The surgery sounds hellish, and I’ve had 3 c-sections!
    I am wondering if I should wait, and see if I get sick again, or should the 6 cases of recurrent strep/tonsillitis in 6 months be telling me that really my tonsils need to come out? Any thoughts and tips are so welcome! Thank you!

    1. You will do great! I’m 32, on day 2 of recovery, and couldnt be happier with my decision. My ENT also left it up to me last year, I thought about it a long time and my dr really pushed me to do it. He believed they were what was making me feel like garbage all the time.

      After the ENT removed them, he said thank god I chose to do it. The tonsil tissue was embedded everywhere in my throat, and they were fill of liquid (like puss).

      Just get a warm mist humidifier to sleep next to, and wake up through the night to drink drink drink! Just keep drinking and taking your pain meds right on time. You will do great.

      1. THanks so much for your advice! I’m glad your doing so well too! Thinking I will go through with the surgery. My ENT also brought up a good point that I am at home right now with my kids, but when my youngest is in school, I’ll go back to teaching… of course teachers get exposed to a lot of sickness, and it will be a lot of missed work.

  38. I am 27 years old and I had my tonsils and adenoids removed on February 14th. I am on Day 11 and I am pretty much back to normal- only a bit of throat pain (think first days of strep infection). I can eat anything now, even spicy foods but I still have not regained 100% of my taste back so foods are not as pleasing.
    If you are considering a tonsillectomy to improve your health- DO IT. Recovery is different for everyone. It can be hellish but it WILL get better. Though, if you had asked me a couple of days ago, I would have said something along the lines of, “DON” FUCKING DO IT, IT’S NOT WORTH IT!” Man, it sure is a ride, a fucking nightmare of a ride, but it is manageable and it does get better.

    Here is my story:

    Surgery day: I had been reading tons of tonsillectomy horror stories weeks before my surgery. People say not to do that, but honestly, it prepped me and gave me some good tips. Anyway, my surgeon and anesthesiologist walked me through what they were going to do and then i got my flush of med that made me sleep/relax ASAP. I closed my eyes, a second passed and surgery was done. I woke up with zero pain just a bit of discomfort. I drank some water and the pain went up a bit so the nurse gave me some pain meds and some crackers (I think most foods are okay to eat as long as you chew them and moisten them to mush before you swallow). I think I went back to sleep and then I woke up again, drank more water and was ready to go home. I was feeling pretty normal. I went with my mom and finished shopping for some things I needed. I talked a lot and walked a lot- BIG MISTAKE. I got super nauseous and tired. So we picked up my meds and went home. I got liquid Hydrocodone with Acetaminophen (Vicodin) for pain- could take this every 4-6 hours, Ondansetron (Zofran) for nausea-could take this every 8 hours, and Magic mouthwash to numb throat. About 3 ½ hours after leaving the hospital I started feeling pain. Right on schedule I took my next dose of pain med. I was feeling ok- just feeling a bit of throat pain. I chewed some gum and that seemed to help. At night, I was having so much pain and nothing seemed to ease the pain. The mouthwash did nothing and the pain med only seemed to numb it for a bit. Swallowing was HELL but I kept drinking and pushing as much water as I could. I ate tons of popsicles, pebble ice, sherbet, jello.

    Day 1 Post-op
    = Pain started worsening. The hydrocodone would only dull the pain like an hour and 30 mins before the bad pain would start up again. I had really bad ear pain, hurt like hell to swallow and my whole body was aching (as if I had done an extreme full body workout). I had TONS of mucus and post nasal drip. I realized that sweet things made this worse and tasted so nasty so I opted for just ice, frozen jello and warm ish chicken broth. Warm felt much better than cold to me. I also tried applesauce and it hurt and tasted nasty to me. I also ate some warm mac n cheese. I woke up at night chocking on my mucus several times. Also, I was told I was snoring really loud. I was taking my pain meds every 2 hours and would use a warm compress around my neck, which helped. I also had a humidifier on 24/7.

    Day 2:
    More severe pain in the middle of the night. Had to put my alarms to every 2 hours to make sure that I would not miss a dose. I was told not to take any Ibuprofen because it increases your risk of bleeding. So, I was just taking my hydrocodone. It wouldn’t get rid of the pain, just dull it enough, make me sleepy and I’d get an hour or 30 mins of sleep. Pain was TERRIBLE. Ear ache, throat pain, neck pain, nausea, and feverish. Drank chicken broth, water and crackers with pain meds. About the only thing I could stomach was either jello or saltine crackers.

    Day 3:
    My dumbass overslept and missed a dose! HUGE MISTAKE! Woke up with SEVERE pain. Took my dose and it felt like it took forever to control my pain. I was so sick and tired of my pain med. It tasted so gross, felt like it burned my stomach and made me so nauseous. I was tired, sleepy, nauseous, and my pain was a 10 for the first time. Still pushed liquids, chicken broth, saltines and I also took a hot, steaming shower which made me feel so much better (mentally and physically).

    Called my dr’s office and spoke to a nurse to switch to a different pain med because the hydro was not enough for my pain ( I felt little to no relief and the liquid was just making me so nauseous even though I was taking nausea med). She told me I could take the ibuprofen since it had been enough days and the risk of bleeding had decreased. So I started taking it and it actually helped me more than the hydro! Not surprised since it is an anti-inflammatory med. So I was taking the hydro and then two hours later the ibuprofen. Still eating meds with crackers and tons of water. I also had some vanilla wafers, spaghetti and ramen noodles but couldn’t eat too much since food tasting so fucking nasty, especially sweets!

    Day 5: This was the start of my HELL. Woke up with severe pain, even though I was taking my meds religiously. I was also so nauseous. I sucked on a lime to help that. Also, saltines helped curve my nausea better than nausea meds. The clinic had switched me to pills instead of the liquid since it was making me nauseous but they prescribed a lower dose. (My liquid hydro was 7.5 and the pill was 5). The pill did nothing for me. The liquid would at least dull it enough for me to get some sleep or get distracted with other things. Also, the liquid worked faster for me. It took me almost an hour, but I ate a ham sandwich- only a slice of ham and some mayo. Pain was a 10 this day. It was just a terribly painful day with little to no relief.

    Day 6: Another painful 10 day. I had to switch back to the nasty liquid hydro because the pills were not really working for me. Had terrible nausea and the scabs had started drying and I could feel them back there. Also, the taste in my mouth and the smell were absolutely DISGUSTING! Nothing tasted like it should and there was an absolutely god awful stench and taste to everything that went into my mouth. I was starving but the taste were enough to make me nauseous enough not to eat. Scabs started to fall off.

    Day 7: I could no longer tolerate ice because it hurt too much and water tasted so nasty. So I was using the crystal light packets and it helped. Gatorade burned too much. I had grown accustomed to the pain but the nasty smell and taste made me so frustrated and sad. I was just mentally wasted. I tried to sleep and then noticed a ton of of what I thought was mucus sliding down my throat. Then it tasted metallic and then I realized it was blood. I rushed to sink and gargled iced water for about an hour- it hurt like hell. That stopped the bleeding. But the pain was so bad, I could no longer swallow so I had to get a spit cup. Later in the night, I started bleeding again. This time it was gushing out and I swallowed and vomited so much blood. I tried gargling but it didn’t stop. I went to the ER and it had stopped by the time I got there. They still put some chemical stuff on there to stop the bleeding. This was probably the worst day for me. It was scary, painful and so draining. The feeling of blood gushing like that and being forced to swallow and then vomiting it is just fucking scary and nauseating. I felt like crying, breaking down and I was just so done and tired. I felt so defeated!

    Day 8: Painful and feeling so down and spiritless. This shit takes a toll on you physically and mentally. I had to stop taking Ibuprofen because of the bleeding and was back to just hydro every 2 hours. By night though, pain had improved dramatically! I decided to stop the hydro and stick to just acetaminophen. I went to the store and shopped for a bit. Felt tired but better, pooped for the first time this day during my recovery time. I was taking stool softeners every day because pain meds make you constipated. I went to the store and shopped around for a bit. Taste had improved a bit.

    Day 9: Was feeling so much better. Was only taking acetaminophen twice a day. Pain was still there but only felt like a mild strep infection. I started eating a bit more food and doing more around the house.
    Day 10: Same as day 9.

    -Sleep propped up (but a neck pillow, if you can)
    -Stool softener (Dulcolax): take it while you are taking your pain meds. If you don’t poop in a week, try some prunes. Those did the job for me but don’t panic. As long as you are still passing gas, everything in your tummy is probably still working fine.
    – Use a humidifier or take hot steaming baths twice a day. Even if you are using one, take a nice, hot shower every day or every other day. It helps more than you think. It made me feel clean and so much better.
    -Put alarms for every two hours to take your pain meds. Skipping a dose will hurt like hell.
    -Set aside a date and time during days 5-9 to have a crying meltdown fest!!!
    -Keep a notepad/journal and write/vent everyday. It helps to relieve a lot of negative and sad feelings.
    -Chew gum- this helps produce more saliva, and helps the jaw muscles not get clenched during the awful painful times.
    -have some one to help you and get a dry erase board or something to communicate
    – find good distractions- games on tablet/phone, good movies, etc
    -communicate with your dr if your pain meds are not enough
    -have some lip balm
    Most importantly: DRINK PLENTY OF LIQUIDS, walk around the house when you can, eat when you can, stay on top of your pain med schedule and just try different things. Listen to your body.
    For me what worked was: jello, low sodium chicken broth, lukewarm chamomile tea, saltines 24/7, and some ramen noodles at times. I really craved a nice, warm coffee but was too scared to try it.

    Good luck to you and know that you are not alone and that IT GETS BETTER!

  39. I am 41 had my tonsils and adenoids out on the 7th Feb. They were both huge

    I just want to reassure anyone who like me is reading this the night before they op and going silly with fear like I did.

    It’s ok. It’s a slog but it’s ok. I ate normal food just not loads from day 1. It took me 50 minutes to have a slice of toast in the hospital but I got there. Have something normal everyday even if it’s just bowl cereal slice bread.

    Drink. I had 8 cups of water in the recovery room. Have a bottle of water next to your pillow.

    Don’t expect to sleep well 4 first week. Have whatever painkillers work for You, anathestic spray and lip balm next to you.


    Buy some bonjella or American equivalent. I got a rotten sore mouth.

    Avoid dairy and chocolate or just have small bits.


  40. Okay so I’m 18 in a month and got my tonsils and adenoids out. I’m currently on day 8. Honestly this is the worst pain I have ever felt in my life and the worst part is it’s so constant! I find that none of my pain meds really kill the pain, I have endone pills but they make me sick, dizzy and only really help for about 20 minutes.
    I understand that everybody recovers at different rates but I tell you I’m getting sick to death of this waiting game! It’s honestly torturous! I haven’t eaten in 4 days because the second anything passes my throats I get this sharp stinging pain and it leaves me in tears because it’s so awful. I’ve tried and tried to eat I really have but it’s just too much. I’ve been drinking a hell lot of water which I’m proud of as I know it’s at highest importance, and pretty much just drinking it to try and soothe my throat but even that stings and I find myself bracing myself before I take a sip. The worst part is getting medication down, I dread it terribly and put it off as much as I can and often find myself just holding the pills In my hand for ages before they go down; putting it off. My throat is apparently starting to look better but I feel like the pain has been very constant and I wouldn’t say I feel any better. I find myself grinding my teeth at night because the pain is so bad and waking up with a sore jaw. Going to sleep is the worst… I sit up as long as I can because I’m scared to sleep, the pain in the morning is horrific. My ears are sore as is my head most of the time. I feel weaker and weaker everyday and I haven’t left the house since the operation. I’m so sick of this pain and although I guess it will be worth it in the future at my age due to my constantly reoccurring tonsillitis, I wish I had never done it. I think the surgeon needs to have someone who has been through it give an honest opinion and advice to those contemplating getting it done as I had no idea what I was walking in too. And I’ll tell you one thing I’m not a baby for pain. I wouldn’t wish this upon anyone! If anyone else is experiencing similar problems please reach out! I’m becoming more and more depressed every day.

  41. Hi All,
    I’m 56 and on day 9…omg I had no idea how difficult this would be! I just keep telling myself it will all be worth it in the end. After 6 years of constant infections I was told by my ENT my tonsils were a breeding ground for bacteria. I could use some positive reinforcement from anyone willing to take a moment!! I quit pain meds day 3, they were making me totally sick! So I’ve been on ibuprofen and just recently Aleve.
    Thank u!!

  42. Hi all, I’m 23 years old and I had my tonsillectomy 6 days ago.
    I want to start off by saying that my pain is currently a 9, it was a ten earlier when I was sat in a&e waiting room crying stupidly to my self.
    I believe the surgeon may have burnt my tongue by accident and I can’t seem to stick it out at all.
    The first day was hilarious, the medication was so intense I became the comedy queen to all the nurses in the ward. The second day I wasn’t bad at all either. On the third day I became irritable and left my moms to go back to my own place I just couldn’t get comfortable. The fourth day I became intensely better, happy and talkative but I believe at this stage I had stupidly over medicated myself and I became a little delirious. The fifth day, my god- fever hit, my tongue is huge my jaw hurts my ears feel like they’re bleeding. I keep hacking up stuff off my throat which is lumpy and stinky. I’m currently typing into my phone, dribbling into towel hoping that writing down my feelings are gonna make me feel a bit better. And now I’m approaching the sixth day.
    While in a&e they were extremely unhelpful prescribed me tramadol and some antibiotics even though I told them I can no longer swallow water!
    I have an appointment tomorrow with the ENT department at the proper hospital.
    I’m trying to stay awake because I feel like I’ve mixed to many pills and I’ll over sleep.

    I hope that in the end I find this all worth it.
    I’ve had problems with my tonsils since I was tiny but nothing as servere as the constant strep throat I’ve had this year.
    The strep throat has caused bouts of psoriasis which have been extreme in covering my whole body. When it dies down strep throat happens again….
    Then shingles…
    The strepthroat
    The psoriasis
    The cycle was ongoing and I’m not gonna lie it has made me the most depressed I’ve ever felt in my life.

    I’m currently so dehydrated that I can’t lift my head for more than 2 minutes.
    Dear lord have mercy

  43. I’m a 23 year old female and I had mine taken out on the 4th of Jan. I’m on day 10 now and getting ready to go back to work tomorrow. I thought I would share my experience as it’s definitely not been as bad as I thought it was going to be. I was freaking out before, so much that I nearly called it off on the day of my operation, but so glad I went through with it. My main advise would be to stay hydrated and to get a humidifier. I was drinking about 1.5/ 2 litres of water a day, and had my humidifier on every night and found that helped.

    But essentially my experience was:

    Day of Op: Got to the hospital at 7am as instructed.I’d been told that my operation would happen anytime between 8am-11am. I bought my mum along with me as the ‘responsible adult’ who’d be taking me home after. She’s also a nurse so could ask all the questions I would most likely not even think about.

    I was taken to my room, and got dressed into the robes they give you. The nurse came in and asked me some questions and did some tests. Then the anaesthesiologist came in and talked me through how the general anaesthesia works and basically reassured me. He’d had his tonsils taken out at the age of 52 and basically said that its very uncomfortable but wasn’t as bad as he thought it would be. Then my ENT doctor, who was the one doing the procedure, came in and talked me through the actual tonsillectomy and made me sign some stuff. He also told me that I was the first patient of the day, so I would be going in in about 15 minutes.

    When it was time, the nurse came down to get me and we went to the theatre. At this point I was slowly starting to freak out and contemplated not going through with it. My nurse then left me with the anaesthesiologist and another nurse. As they were preparing me for the general anaesthetic, they really put me at ease about the whole thing, talking me through what they were doing at each stage and generally asking me questions about how my Christmas was. The general anaesthetic was probably the most bizzare part. One minute I’m in the middle of talking about my Christmas, and the next thing I know, I’m being woken up in the recovery room and its an hour and a half later. It genuinely felt like I’d had the best night sleep ever. I felt so refreshed and couldn’t feel any pain whatsoever that I was convinced they hadn’t gone through with the operation. I started freaking out that I’d need to reschedule, which would mean booking more time off work. But then the nurse told me that they had already done the operation.

    I was then taken to my room and basically told to kick back and relax. A nurse would come in every 30 minutes to take my blood pressure, oxygen and temperature. After an hour I was given iced water to drink and told food would be on its way. I felt absolutely fine, not much pain (probably due to the pain medication coming through my drip). My mum was in the room with me, and I was even able to talk like normal.

    When the food came in, I literally couldn’t believe how much food there was. They’d given me 6 mini chicken sandwhiches, salt and vinegar crisps, mushroom soup, the worlds hardest bread roll, ice cream, apple juice and a fruit salad. Even on a normal day I would not have been able to finish all the food. But in order to get discharged, I had to eat as much as possible. I had about a tablespoon of the ice cream and a sandwhich and nearly throw up. So they took the food away. An hour and some anti sickness medicine later, we went for round 2 with the food and I was able to eat all the sandwiches and crisps. The mushroom soup though made me feel extremely nauseous.

    At around 4 I was discharged. At this point I was starting to feel the pain a bit, especially after eating. I’d say the pain was about a 4 out of 10 and my ears, tongue and jaw ached slightly.

    We got an Uber back to my flat from the hospital. I had a brief conversation with the Uber driver, but could feel the strain in my throat at this point. I then had to travel back to my home town (as my family would be looking after me) so my mum drove us 2 and a half hours back home. Thankfully because of the pain medication I just about made the journey.

    Day 1-2 post op: the pain wasn’t that bad, but there was a slightly bad taste in my mouth which was very off putting. I was taking my medication 3 times a day as instructed, although I could have probably taken it only once or twice a day, and slept through the night quite well. (the pain medication was a bit hard to swallow though as the pills were huge) I thought the pain would go up significantly as the days went on, so I tried to eat as much as possible in these 2 days. My doctor had recommended I stick to rougher foods like crisps and toast, and to try and eat as close to normal as possible. I mainly had a mixture of soft and rougher foods like jelly, porridge, noodles and French toast. I managed to have sweet corn and a Chinese take away with prawn crackers on day 2. I actually felt that after eating rougher foods, the pain eased a bit more. I tried having ice cream and yoghurts, but dairy was making me a bit phlegmy. I also avoided spicy foods and fruit as that made the pain go up a bit.

    Day 3-5: the pain got to about 5/ 10 at the stage. Talking became a bit more difficult so didn’t really speak much. But I was still able to eat and drink without any real issues. I started reacting to my medication slightly and had a bit of a stomach ache. I’d been warned that the medication can be a bit rough on the stomach. But it got better after day 5.

    Day 6 – Talking became easier again. I was craving crisps, so pretty much a whole tube of pringles to myself.

    Day 7 –last day I took my pain medication, and pretty much haven’t needed any since. The pain has dulled to a 1 or 2. The only strange thing now is that my sneezes have become a bit weird. It seems to turn into a cough/ sneeze which is quite painful on the throat. But hoping that will pass

  44. You guys are sad- the lot of you😂 day 6 now and haven’t had pain meds since day 2 nothing- and I’ve been tolerating everything pain isn’t close to making me cry

    1. People have different bodies so I think you should shut the fuck up. Like good for you that that is how you’re body reacts, but no one is here trying to top people with pain. So no one needs to hear your bullshit. K thanks.

    2. 25 yr old male. On day 9 today and feeling good. Ive been off all medicine (tylenol, and percs) for 36 hours now and was only taking 1/2 a perc every 4-6 hours from days 1-5. I lived off small amounts of coconut oil, homemade applesauce and vegetable broth. NO DAIRY, NO MEAT, NO SUGAR! It will slow down your recovery. Ice packs on the neck are also a necessity and make sure you stay hydrated! Apple juice and water mixture did it for me.

  45. I just had mine taken out on 01/08/2018

    It feels fine- no pain higher than a 3. I am just taking regular children’s Tylenol (19.5ml) drinking water and milk- and also eating ice cream and broccoli/cheddar soup

    In surgery at 10am picked up by11:35am

  46. Hi, I got my tonsils out on the 5th of january which would put me at day 6 (if u include the day or surgery) what I’m wondering is my scabs started falling out yesterday and I’m unsure if this is normal and what was everyone else’s worst pains days? Also I’ve been using strepsils and difflam mouth wash which numbs the throat and both have been helpful

  47. Hello! I recently had a tonsillectomy on 1/2/18 to bring in the new year right! Currently on 8 and the past 2 days my scabs have been slowly coming off which is a good thing but also bad…
    I majorly planned ahead and got everything I needed prior of surgery day

    Day before surgery- I ate big ole slab of red meat and drank a glass of water every hour. Even drank a glass of water at 1130pm since I was not aloud to eat/drink anything after midnight.

    Surgery day- got to the hospital at 545am/scheduled surgery at 715am. Soooo glad my doctor does everything early in the morning!

    Post op- woke up unsure where I was and what I was doing ha! Surgery went good 20 minutes in and out dr said!… Pain wasn’t too bad just felt completely weird and instantly wanted to clear my throat. DONT! I accidentally did once and the RN was mad.

    Day 1 (post op)- made it home to my parents around 1130am. Pain was 3/10 mainly discomfort. I drank ALOT of water all day long. Ate jello, popsicles. Ice pack on all day. Pain gradually intensified greatly in the evening 6/10. Took liquid hydrocodone at 6pm. 6 hour intervals here on out for pain management.. 6p,12a,6a,12p

    Day 2- pain was constant. Hurt! 6/10 Did the same routine as day 1. Ate and drank same. I started to bled a bit but I was able to get it to stop from gargling water. I was trying to chop popsicles up into small bite sizes but I was pushing to hard.

    Day 3- pain intensified. Felt like strep throat. My uvula was huge. My neck, jaw ears all hurt. Forced water and applesauce in my stomach mainly all day long.

    Day 4- pain was same as day 3. I was in pain, starving and fatigued. I did the same routine as day 3. Struggling.

    Day 5- Still struggled to eat and drink. Felt like strep throat when I swallowed. Minimal pain when I was resting.

    Day 6- still on pain regime. Very minimal pain. Got out of the house. Pain ramped up towards the evening hours. Scabs coming off???

    Day 7- Oh yes. Scabs are coming off. Pain is severe but for me feels like strep throat but with a bit more pain. Pain in throat, jaw, tongue and ears. Holy crap this hurts…

    Day 8- tried my luck and took my last dose of hydrocodone at midnight and went to bed. Slept all through the night and woke up at 7am and very minimal pain! Felt like a normal sore throat!

    WATER! That’s all I drank. Occasionally had this tea that was a Throat tamer which helped a lot during the painful days.
    Humidifier!!! 24/7 directly at my pillows.
    Followed the regime that the hospital gave me. What to eat,drink daily.

    All in all I was completely scared outta my mind like most us adults leading up to this surgery. Overall the pain wasn’t to bad for me but then again everyone’s different. And I just want to thank my parents and my girlfriend who treated me awesome! And thanks to the doctor who was awesome!

    Don’t worry. You’ll get through it. SOME HIGH QUALITY H2O!!!!!

  48. I’m 21 yrs old & just had my tonsils removed 4 days ago (1/4/17). I’ve been reading up on others’ experiences as a heads up for myself. Although I’m glad I finally went through with the surgery, I’m COMPLETELY TERRIFIED of the next 2-3 days. I thought that the pain I’ve already been experiencing was quite excruciating but apparently I’m wrong & it just gets worse. It’s difficult for me to eat & to drink even when on medications so I don’t know how I’m going to get past these upcoming days. Thank you for sharing your experiences & your tips, I will definitely drink more water and hope for the best!

    1. Hi Arlene,
      Hope you soon recovery! remember the pain is temporary…
      Could you please tell what was the main rezone of tonsillectomy? I am planing tonsillectomy next month too .

      1. Thank you and of course!
        I wanted them removed for so many reasons. Because they were huge, they caused me a couple of issues throughout my life. I would get a sore throat every other month and I was just tired of that pain. I also had trouble staying asleep; at times my tonsils would get so big I couldn’t even breathe thru my mouth and that always woke me up. Lastly (but not as serious), I had started getting tonsil stones more often, I always had a bad taste in my mouth and knew it caused my breath to smell bad so it affected my confidence.
        I had been considering a tonsillectomy for so long but was afraid of the pain. I recently decided to just get it over with now than later, I’m glad I did.
        Hope that helps! And good luck!

  49. Hello guys,
    You are all more than nice people my high appreciations to all of you!

    I am really suffering from Bad breath for 4 years and sometime from sore throat too.
    One month ago I realized that I have tonsil stones and a removed some but I think still I have it. I am using hydrogen peroxide with water pick to remove it but no success. I am really tired of problem and I am hating my life. OMG How it is difficult aaa guys I am not eating meat, dairy products and suger still constant BB. I am loosing my weight I am so skiny nowI tried everything including TheraBreath products no results.

    I took a look at my tonsils they are really small I’am not sure if the doctor will agree to remove it and I am not sure by removing my tonsils the problem will solve.
    Please I am kindly asking if some can share with me any information relating to it.

    1. Hey Simmo!! I had the very same problems with the stones, and very small tonsils. im almost 2 months past recovery and I havent had a stone once. I think its going to be worth it. its taking me a while to heal, meaning I have had a sore throat every day since december 14 BUT every one is different!! I had so much strep I got tired of being on antibiotics so much! and the STONES oh lord I remember digging back there for hours with Q-tips and trying to push them out! best of luck to you!! contact your ENT today!

    2. Hi Simo, I too had tonsil stones to the point of causing chronic sinusitis, congestion headaches, earaches, chronic inflamed lymph nodes. It was awful. I had a tonsillectomy at 48 years old 6 days ago. As I’m going through this I would so no way could I do this again but I feel like once this acute pain is over I’m going to very relieved of all my other symptoms. My thought was I was only getting older and I couldn’t keep dealing with what I had going on. If you explain to your doc that it’s affecting you and getting in the way of life, they’ll do it for you. Good luck and I hope this helps, Carell

  50. I wanted to write this to give advice to those undergoing a tonsillectomy. For me I was getting tonsillitis every two weeks and as a college freshman I could not take it anymore. This had went on for two years prior and costed me more hospital bills than you could imagine. I got mine out on 12/20 and felt completely healed today 1/4. However, I did have complications. Not even 24 hrs after the surgery my entire right side was filling with blood. After gargling ice water and drinking as much as possible, it would not stop. I went to theER and my surgeon met me there looked at me and decided I needed to be recauterized. Yes this meant more anesthesia and another visit to the surgical room. All I can say is I’m glad he did this second surgery. My right side was trouble from the start and I wasn’t surprised of course that would happen to me. I pushed myself to eat ice pops and apple sauce even some smoothies. This is very important. Don’t baby yourself. Yes it might hurt like a mf but don’t give up and sit in pain. Take those pain meds every 6 hrs when needed and don’t get off track. Ice packs on your side jaw is the best for ear pain when/if it does come. My tongue was the worst painful part. I started eating on Christmas Day with some stuffing and sweet potatoes. Other days I had tons of cream of wheat and mashed potatoes. Eat eat eat. I lost 16lbs during this recovery and it felt so weird. Don’t give up and remember the pain is temporary and hopefully won’t last more than 15 days. Eating helps taking the scabs off naturally and i never bled when my scabs came off. Definitely dont eat chips and crisp stuff like that but anything else after day 5 is a go. Doctors in the UK believe eating right away is okay and that’s what they reccomend and I can see why. My friend got hers out on the 13th of December (7days before me) and is still in horrible pain and barely eating. Please take care of yourselves and eat eat eat!!!! Lots of ice water. More than the normal recommendations of water intake. Ice in every cup of water and keep drinking. Good luck to everyone! I’m very glad I did this and got over the pain because I feel so much better.

    1. Hello Robyn,

      Could you please tell what was your main problem/symptom to remove tonsils and does it cure?. I am suffering from bad breath and planning tonsillectomy.

      Thank you very much in advance!

  51. This site helped me so much, so I figured I would give some insight as well!

    I’m a 25 year old male; I had my surgery on 12/19/17, it’s now NYE (12/31/17), so day 12. I want to start with this as to provide a light at the end of the tunnel for any who need it: I feel way better — throat is a bit sore, however my uvula is almost down to normal size and I have just a light layer of the yellowish stuff that covered my wounds before. Today, I had French toast for breakfast, soup and rice from my favorite Chinese restaurant for lunch, and am planning on having lasagna and meatballs for dinner (staying in from NYE festivities to give myself a little more rest — you need to gradually get back into your old routine).

    My turning point was two days ago, Day 10. I slept almost through the night and took ibuprofen in the morning for relief from the pain I got from dryness. Have not taken any pain meds since.

    Be warned: days 1-3 are going to feel like no big deal. You might notice snoring, due to your swollen uvula, but otherwise I thought those two days were easy. Days 4-9 are when things got much, much worse. I woke many times throughout the night with excruciating pain in my ears and throat. I would say day 7 was the absolute worst of all of the days. I’m saying this to help you prepare; do not think that it’ll get better immediately, day by day: prepare yourself to be in agony for a little while, and make sure you have someone to get you water and food.

    I survived by eating: pudding, jello, ice cream, protein shakes (Kellogg’s cappuccino flavored if you miss your coffee), puréed mashed potatoes with butter, and puréed squash with chicken broth. Day 9 I had eggs with soft bread dipped in broth.

    My biggest piece of advice: DRINK WATER DRINK WATER DRINK WATER! Your saving grace from EVERYTHING (bleeding especially) is keeping yourself hydrated. I did not suffer a bleed once, and I think I totally owe that to staying hydrated. You will heal so much quicker by keeping your body hydrated.

    Again, I’m sitting here on day 12 having just finished recess cup (chewed up very carefully), something I felt would be SO FAR AWAY on Day 7. Keep your chin up, and drink your water!

    1. I am glad there is light at the end of the tunnel. I’m on day 3 and I feel like I’m dying now lol. Cannot wait to eat peanut butter cup.

  52. So, like all of you I… probably somewhat compulsively, read these stories trying to get a sense of what my tonsillectomy experience might be like. And like a moth drawn to a flame kept going back to the most horrible graphic ones… praying that story would not be mine but mentally preparing as if it would be. So, if you’re like me and it’s 1am and you’re still reading these posts wondering what your experience next week will look like, let me offer you mine.

    First a statement about apples… If you’re having a tonsilectomy done don’t even read the stories from the people who had that plus a rhinoplasty plus a boob job plus hair plugs all done at the same time. Those people are miserable because you can not run someone over and then back up and do it again and expect that they won’t be way worse then just single procedure patients.

    On to my story…

    I grew up as a kid in the 80s with multiple yearly bouts of strep. Of course the pendulum had swung from take those tonsils out to antibiotics work every time so for years I was on a first name basis with all the good ones. It’s funny when a teenager can discuss antibiotics with the doc as a peer rather then a patient. I suspect many of you were the same.

    Then in my 20s came tonsil stones. Those wonderful smelly disgusting pains in the neck. Literally.

    The only real health issue I have is psoriasis and had it so bad that it was causing multiple ear inflections. So I found a top flight ENT here in SoCal who worked with me and during the course of the first exam said “we can fix the ears but the real question is will you let me take out your tonsils”. He said I had the tonsils of an 8 year old trapped in a 30 year olds body. Lol. I ruined the poor guys day every time I said no.

    So fast forward a decade and I’ve been dutifully picking stones out of my tonsils on a regular basis and then I get sick. I mean 3 weeks of awful. And my tonsils swell up the size of golf balls. I kid you not. I sat there for 3 days during the worst of it thinking ok… you can do this… count to 3… swallow. It was excruciating.

    And at that moment I resolved to never go through that again. The tonsils need to go.

    So I called my ENT. End of year is coming, time for us to both have a Christmas present.

    They didn’t call back. Weeks. Left messages. Talked to nurses. No movement. What the heck?

    So… time to find a new ENT. As you know by now it’s not just an ENT you need, it’s an ENT who is also a neck surgeon. They’re harder to find. And of course I wanted one with stellar reviews associated with a good hospital. I found 2. One took my insurance. So I made an appt. They saw me 3 days later.

    I fill out the paperwork and under the “why are you here” column I put “take my tonsils out.

    Doc walks in. Very nice, gentle man. Soft spoken. Takes a look at my tonsils, my paperwork and says “you’re not going to like me… I won’t take them out. But I’ll be happy to treat you and if they continue to bother you then we will take them out.” I won’t lie. I almost decked him.

    We go 9 rounds. All very civil mind you. And he finally says “you can’t just walk into a surgeon’s office and ask for surgery”. I said sure you can… it’s called a boob job.

    I think that broke the ice a bit but I am convinced he either thought I was crazy, reckless or suffering from Munchausen’s. So he says if your other ENT wanted them out so bad go back to him.

    So I’m lit. I pull put my phone as I walk back to the car and unload on the other ENT. Which proves what I always say… there is at least one fact in play you don’t know about. In this case my old ENT has suddenly and without warning announced his retirement. Still don’t know why. But he offered to write a letter to the new ENT recommending a tonsillectomy.

    So I walk back into the ENTs office and say will a letter from my old ENT push you over the edge? He waffles. So I play my Trump card… look, I’m not a normal patient I’m a paramedic. I know what i am asking for and know this will be tough.

    Fast forward 2 weeks and he finally agrees to do surgery. I mention this all because I have found that there seems to be a shift toward surgery as a last option rearing it’s head again. If you have been fighting your tonsils for years don’t take no for an answer.

    So the day before surgery and I have all my meds filled, my bed all made up. The wife and parents have all taken the day off to help me and our 5 little kiddos. Hugs, Kisses and Prayers. Out the door I go.

    I had my surgery done at an out patient surgery center. I had mixed feelings about this. Chances are they will be more competent because this is all they do all day long but on the flip side if something goes wrong I’m not in a hospital.

    As a medic I have seen the good and the bad. First appearance this place was on the good side but the boxes and exposed cords in the lobby were off putting. But everyone was incredibly friendly. The attitude was more like taking a trip then a surgery… ok let’s get this show in the road. Everyone was smiling and joking. Very light atmosphere. I needed that.

    At every turn it was how can we make this easier for you. Heated blankets. Constant by name personal service. I was impressed. Once we got back into the center itself it was spotless and top flight. There was only one fly in the ointment which I will get to later. But we finally head back into the operating room. A quick poke.. wait can I change my mind? And the next thing I wake up in pain.

    So when I met with the anesthesiologist before the surgery… right before. I said let’s talk post op pain control. I am 6’3″ 250lb. Don’t give me the same 200 mcgs of Fentyal that you give a 140 lb women and walk away. I need you to be aggressive. She promised. I said more over I have a 90 min drive back home so you need to come up with something that bridges that gap. Again she promised.

    Well I woke up 8/10 pain and the freaking anesthesiologist wouldn’t budge off the 200mcgs. No dilauded. No MS04. Nada. Even my post op nurse (who was a God send) went after her multiple times. And seriously, if it weren’t for that nurse and her kindness I would have clawed my throat out. She was right there next to me non stop for 90 mins. Finally she got so fed up she went and found some oral analgesic I could choke down (after about 30 mins of fighting with anesthesiologist).

    Cont’d in other post

    1. Cont’d from above

      She (the post op nurse) made me toast, slushy water. Warm blankets. What did I need? Even if it was just to hold my hand. Fresh ice compresses for my neck. Every time she left to go get something she had a another nurse come stand near me. I mean she was an angel. I watched the other nurses off chatting in a corner, they were not doing this for their patients.

      So discharge time… about 3 hours after I check in. My surgeon comes to see me. All went well. Take your meds. You’re going to hurt tomorrow. Hang in there.

      I’ll be honest. By the time I made it home I felt decent. 10mg of oral Percocet had kicked in (God bless the nurse). I took a shower. Ate an egg sandwich and was talking. No joke.

      Took a nap. Went back to my oral dose of 5mg Percocet (by they way… demand Percocet… do not settle for the codeine or worse the Norco b.s.) and the pain came back pretty steady.

      Ok… since I have a medical background I am going to tell you what I did. This is NOT medical advice and I am telling you not to do this. But my Percocet dosage was 5/325 q 4 hours. I looked up the max dose and bumped myself to 1 q 2. That brought my pain down to 6/10. And I went to bed.

      For the love of all that’s holy… set an alarm and take your meds. Get a frozen bottle of water and it will be slushy in 4 hours.

      The night was painful but uneventful. The next morning had a couple of bowls of soup. I found the bread caused some minor bleeding.

      Brushed my teeth and settled in with a good book.

      By 9 am I knew I needed more pain control and was maxing the Percocet so I called my doc. Again, conservative but a nice guy. He recommended Toradol and we compromised on the Percocet 1 q 3.

      Toradol worked wonders. Pain down to 4/10 and by dinner I was eating 4 chicken kabobs and 2 cheeseburgers. No joke. I may have over done it though as I had some bleeding.

      Night time was fits and starts. I will tell you 2 benefits off the bat… my mind is so much clearer then it has been in years and for the first time I can breathe through my nose all night long. In fact I don’t think I have blown my nose once in 3 days!!!

      I woke up to spitting up a bunch of green flem from my throat and decided to take the antibiotic the doc gave me.

      I’ve noticed since starting the Toradol that my scabs in the throat have been more fragile and subject to slight bleeding but the pain control is worth it. Probably the most annoying thing at this point is that double clamp they used has deformed my tounge to the point that it looks like the upper part of a squid. No joke. Feels funny too.

      Let me offer some additional comments… in addition to the drugs, I got some Chinese healing herbs which I take morning and night. 6mgs of Vit C daily. 8 doses of probiotic and iced st. johns wort tea with honey. As well as spoonfuls of coconut oil that I’ve let melt in my mouth and coat my tonsils. Oh and xylitol gum and liberal sprays of colloidal silver onto the scabs multiple times per day.

      Also coconut water and aloe juice. NO SUGAR. At all

      Does my throat hurt? Yeah. Not bad as long as I keep on my regimens.

      Do I feel better? Heck yes.

      Would I do this again knowing what I know now? 100% yes.

      My wife has been a God send. My parents have been incredible. (As a 38 year old it’s hard to be babied again but I’m grateful)

      All told it has not been without it’s challenges but it has not been the horror story that so many have posted on the internet. It still day 3 but wanted to share this encouragement.

      I get bursts of energy followed by droopy eyelids. I can talk but pay for it. I spend 90% of my day in bed and have a decent amount of gas. Coughing burping and sneezing are evil right now but it’s all manageable and not near as bad as I feared.

      Day 3 saw me coughing up some blood and really tired and cold but nothing that was a deal breaker. And I just finished a burrito. No joke.

      So if you’re like me and reading this at 1 am don’t let the bad stories scare you off. I was eating cheeseburgers 30 hours after my surgery. You can’t beat that.

      2 other thoughts… 1) you do not have to sit there an suffer. Demand pain control. 2) I have praying throughout this and God has been so kind in giving me peace and answering my prayers in the long nights. If you try to lone wolf your life, God help you, it won’t work. We were designed for Him, not us.

      It’s not a walk in the park but like so many other things it doesn’t have to be a disaster. If you need them out get them out. Just be smart about it.

      Merry Christmas from a bed somewhere in SoCal.

      1. So… day 4 & 5 I started feeling really good. Like get out of bed and do stuff good. So on day 6, i got up and tried to go about life. BIG MISTAKE.

        I lasted about 90 minutes and then it was like a tree felled by an axe and down I went. So much for Christmas. Lol

        Day 7 was recovery from day 6 and I could not get out of bed. Paradoxically, at least to my way of thinking the pain is getting worse? Still able to eat normally (today was a left over Christmas dinner) but especially in the morning all I want to do is crawl back under the covers. I really thought I was tougher then this.

        Day 8 and 9 were the same. Lots of early morning pain that was exhausting despite Percocet and Toradol. The slushy water upon awakening was helpful. And the Big D made and appearance so bad I wasn’t sure which end it was going to finally erupt from. Sorry if that’s too much… wish i would have known.

        By 10 you start to lose some of the sympathy of the people around you. And they cut you off from pain killers. Which wasn’t as bad as I thought. I got a massage and that was wonderful but laying face down was very difficult.

        I switched over to straight Advil at this point and noticed that my scabs are not coming off per se but more “wearing away if that makes sense.

        Day 12 was the first time I sat down and tried to do some office work. It went ok. I’m still surprised at how much fatigue I feel from normal activity. For the first time the overall pain without any meds is at 2, popping up to a 6 when I swallow. I look like someone having a mini seizure when I try to eat. Ahh, it’s the little things you have to laugh at. This was also the day that I discovered I no longer have the ability to stifle a sneeze. Holy smokes, it comes out of the nose full force. Have Kleenex.

        Today is day 13 and 2 week appt is tommarow. We are getting ready to move in about a week so I had to clean out the garage. I was stunned how weak I still am. Boxes that I could usually lift without issue took 2 of us and I was having to stop frequently for rest breaks. 2 week recovery? Nope. You need longer.

        Again, not the horror story I feared. This is manageable. But it is a much longer journey then I hoped.

  53. 22 year old female.

    I read this site before my tonsillectomy & septoasty and I’m glad I did because it helped me mentally prepare for the pain whereas my ENT doctor didn’t really let on how bad the recovery would be.

    I had my surgery on 12/8/17 and it’s not 12/17. Today is the first day I have felt the pain ease up after a pretty awful night of waking up every 2 hours to change my ice bags on my throat. I have been using a humidifier my entire recovery but I don’t really notice it moistening my throat.

    The first few days wasn’t awful pain BUT I was very nauseous so I didn’t get much food down and I think getting food down at the point in the recovery is very important before the pain sets in. Unfortunately that wasn’t going to happen for me. Even things like jello and popsicles I couldn’t get down.The pain definitely got gradually worse. I wasn’t drinking nearly as much water as people say you should but I could not get past how painful swallowing was.

    I think it was the night of day 5 when I had my first major bleed. It happened right after taking my pain medicine and suddenly blood was pouring out of my mouth into the sink. By the time we got a call back from a doctor, about 20 mins later, the bleeding had subsided and I was told it was okay to stay at home.

    On day 7 I got my stents in my nose removed. Throughout the day I had big bleeds three separate times. The last time was the worst, ended up vomiting blood as well, and was the only time I came close to passing out. At this point I decided to go to the ER and stay the night in the hospital. The bleeding has stopped by the time I got to the ER but the ENT doctor there believed the bleeding was coming from behind my nose, where my adenoids came out I guess, rather than in the back of my throat like I had thought. I had happy to receive fluids from an IV since I basically wasn’t drinking or eating anything at this point. I was also relieved that the ENT doctor didn’t have to cauterize anything again because I don’t have the extra time to extend my recovery period.

    It’s now 2 nights after my hospital stay and I haven’t had any major bleeding yet. I’ve also stopped taking my prescription pain medication because I hated the nausea that came with it and I was really worried about bleeding after taking it. I took some Tylenol the day after the hospital but today I haven’t taken any pain medication. My throat looks slightly better as some of the scabbing seems to be going away. Swallowing and yawning are still painful acts. My mother is an RN and brought me an oral numbing gel. After taking the gel there is a brief few minutes of pain relief where I can take any pills that I need, drink a little, and eat a little jello. So today is the first day I’ve had more than one or 2 sips of water a day in around a week. I’m hoping she brings me more of the numbing gel because currently that’s the only way I’m getting down drink or water.

    I’m hoping today is the turning point and that things will slowly get better from here. I am so ready to eat normal food again or any food at all. I’m also really hoping that I don’t have any other bleeds from here on out. I’m trying not to blow my nose or sneeze since they they think the bleeding came from behind my nose.

    Fingers crossed for a smoother recovery from here on out!

  54. Does anyone know why there are weird ridges at the side of the tongue? Or am I the only one with that?? Feels like my tongue is too big for my mouth, very uncomfortable

  55. Is it okay that on the first day I am eating noodles? I’m not in that much pain, but I know that the worst will come. It seems like some of the noodles are getting stuck where the scab is trying to form…

  56. Last night was my day 11 and I woke up choking on blood. The on call doctor said I didn’t have to go in since it stopped and I live very close to a hospital Incase it does start again. All day I’ve just been thinking about how I think it’s going to start again. I’m terrified. If it starts and I have to go in for them to cauterize it then I have to go threw all this again.

  57. 33/f had the surgery 11/30/17…So I guess I’m on day 5 in recovery…I’ve had a few speedbumps of pain…I’m taking liquid hydrocodone and acetaminophen and also children’s Tylenol staggered every 6 hours. Day 1 and 2 weren’t terrible I tried to drink as much as possible. Mind you I had a lot of ice chips and vitamin water. Cold helps so far. I also tried eating very watery and cool cream of wheat …that wasn’t so bad. Day 3 and 4 I couldn’t really eat much, but I tried to stay as hydrated as possible. Now it is day 5 into 6 and my right side of my face is throbbing, it feels like I’ve bitten my tongue and it burns slightly. Ice packs helped a lot the other days but not so much right now…Almost time for another dose of medication…woohoo. That’s definitely something you want to keep track of even set alarms. I noticed the longer I went without medication especially while I slept the more it hurt. I was able to at least get some scrambled eggs down today!!! I had an extreme case of antibiotic resist strep and tonsillitis prior to surgery that put me in the hospital and also have a history of upper respiratory issues since I was a kid …so there will definitely be a light at the end of this bumpy road.

    Good luck and fast healing to all!!!

  58. I’m currently on day 7 and just been discharged from hospital as I had a major bleed last night and vomitted 4 bowls of blood. They talked of a second surgery but luckily this morning said if I could eat without bleeding I can go home. However they told me it is possible it will happen again, I’m petrified as I really don’t want a second surgery nor do I want to bleed like that again!

    1. Forgot to mention my background, female 20 years of age. Also I don’t mean to scare anyone I’m just looking for reassurance. Any one had any similar experiences?

      1. I don’t think I had it as bad as yours but last night I had a major bleed and spat out maybe a cup of blood before it stopped by eating a popsicle. I’m terrified as well, I’m on day 11 I thought it would be done by now.

  59. So I am currently on Day 6 of my recovery and it’s not actually that bad but what an eventful journey it has been! I am 17, I just can not wait for this to end. I know that in the long run I will benefit from having my tonsils removed as I was prone to get tonsillitis and once ended up in hospital with it, also when the surgeon took my tonsils out I was told that they were very infected so I think I made the right decision. I have read through all the comments and was really scared about what I was going to experience but touch wood I am not actually in that much pain with my throat it’s more with my ears but I have found a solution, I know you may think that it wouldn’t work but if you get olive oil and drop a few drops in your ear and then add a cotton ball you can not feel the pain anymore! I only wish I would of tried this earlier! Unfortunately I have been sick this morning but I think that was from being put on a stronger pain relief which I will stop taking and will continue to just take paracetamol and ibuprofen but thanks to putting the cotton balls in my ears i was not in that much pain when throwing up or eating/drinking either. You have just got to try and remain positive and think that it will all be worth it even though it doesn’t seem like it now. I was told to just eat normal as it will help my throat recover better so that is what I have been doing, especially fruit as it will help you recover better. If you drink ice cold water before you eat and when you are about to swallow it makes it more bearable. My Scabs have started to fall off abit on one side and I have spat a little bit of blood out but the important thing is to stay calm . I am hoping to stay out the night on my recovery day 10 so fingers crossed I will be fine! The only thing I can’t cope with is the horrible taste that’s in my mouth! Any suggestions on how to calm it down? I’ve been constantly brushing my teeth and chewing gum but that does not seem to be helping.

    1. I had my tonsils removed 2 days ago. They told me I had an abscess in the throat too (which was expected) but I’m more concerned about the yellow/white stuff I have where my tonsils would of been? I understand this is scar tissue and can be ‘good bacteria’ but there seems to be a lot of it and it’s spreading across my uvula, making it large and inflamed. I’m really worried about it becoming infected, are there any tell tale signs of infection or how people felt? I’m 18 years old and it was my first ever ‘major’ surgery so I apologise if I’m over reacting, I just want everything to run smoothly!

  60. Hi! I’m 30 years old, post op day 2. Doing ok so far! I read a lot of horrible stories before hand and was so scared!!
    But here is the bottom line: yeah, its a bad sore throat, but as long as you take your meds, stay in bed, stay hydrated and keep shoveling in ice chips…. You’ll be fine.

    1. Hi, Its Erin again. POD 5 now. Pain definitely got worse last night with 100.2F . My whole body aches because of the fever. Broke around 3am this morning and started to feel better after that today.
      Fever is expected, but definitely makes the pain worse.
      Lots of water, ice tea, ice chips and yogurt.
      Ice cream is too cold!! Vanilla, Greek yogurt is much better.

      My question is, how long are you expected stay on narcotics? In going to run out within the next 1-2 days. Do you think my ENT will give me more to last until day 10-12?

  61. I’m 25 years old and on day 6 post op of my Tonsillectomy/Adenoidectomy. I’ve been waking up several times throughout the night with excruciating pain in my ears and throat. They said it was supposed to get better day by day? I’m not getting any relief whatsoever… I’m taking hydrocodone (every 4 hours) and steroids and I feel like they aren’t doing a thing for me! I’ve really not eaten or drank much at all. Everything except for room temp water burns the hell out of my throat and at some primes it’s so hard to even swallow my own saliva especially with that bitter tase that comes with it so I had a “spit cup” (so gross!). I’ve tried cold, it actually feels worse so I’ve bacically been sticking to luke warm water, teas and yogurt. Everything else I’ve tried has either stung/bunrt or has gotten trapped in my throat. This is the most painful and draining thing I’ve ever been experienced in my life and I’ve heard that day 7 is the worst? I’m dreading and can’t imagine things getting worse than they are now! I’m just feeling so hopeless that I’m getting no relief between the pain, lack of food and energy and I’m just hoping this will all be over soon. Any tips would be great! 💕

    1. Water, water and more more. Drink at least 40 oz. a day. Keep ice on the front and sides of your neck. I found frozen peas worked best! Take pain meds regularly (with a lot of water) or you won’t get the best relief. Set an alarm so you don’t miss a dose. Check with your doctor to see if he/she will allow liquid aspirin or Tylenol in between narc dose. Hang in there, it WILL get better. I found days 5-8 were the worst, and then better every day. The more water you drink, the faster you will heal. Hang in there. Jan

  62. I am 33 and had a lingual tonsillectomy 4 days ago to help wth my sleep apnea. Thankfully my regular tonsils were removed about 25 years ago because I don’t think I could’ve handled all of the procedures at once. I had surgery on a Friday afternoon and I was spitting up blood from the moment I woke up. Because I was referred to the hospital from a different facility I feel like there was a huge lack in communication about what to expect during my recovery. For some reason, the nurses who were taking care of me post op seemed to think that the giant clots and never-ending blood spitting was considered “minor”…. which the paperwork told them to expect. I couldn’t even go to the bathroom without taking a cup with me for spitting because I had already made the entire room look like a crime scene. They set me up with the suction tube and I filled it with about 500ccs of blood and a some saliva (in addition to the dozens of chicken nugget sized clots in a pan beside my bed) before they took my requests to see an ENT seriously. If it weren’t for this site giving me actual experiences to compare to mine, I would’ve just gone with the flow. By the time the resident on call came up to check on me, I was cold and dizzy. Needless to say I was rushed to emergency surgery around midnight to cauterize the hemorrhage which had caused me to lose around a liter of blood. I’ve been home a couple of days but am struggling to get past my anxiety that I will start bleeding again. Because they are my lingual tonsils, I’m unable to see the scab progression and monitor their healing. The last day or so I have had a lot of periodic swelling and foamy saliva, but today the foam is mixed with runnier saliva that tastes so bitter. My entire tongue and lips were all scraped up from the second intubation so I’m not sure if it’s just because I’m gaining some taste back. Has anyone noticed a change in saliva around day 3? Also, any lingual tonsil patients that have experience with scab sloughing and/or cauterization healing? I’m trying to stay optimistic through dreaded day 5, but the lack of sleep and food has made me delirious and I’m hoping to be mentally prepared for what’s coming. Happy healing, everyone!

  63. I’m 15 and on day 4. I have to say this has to be the most unbearable pain I’ve ever experienced. Day one wasn’t too bad but I was still on a lot of great pain meds. Now I feel like I’m dying I can’t speak, eating and drinking feels like the end of the world and the constant gaging is excruciating. I’m taking Advil every 4 hours and Percocet every 6 hours and even the percocet doesn’t do much good. It’s honestly feeling like there’s no light at the end of the tunnel and the idea of starting days 5-8 is terrifying. All I want to do is cry but that hurts too. People will tell you it’s bad but believe me it’s HORRIBLE. Advice so far don’t go without water for too long and never go too long without pain meds because as soon as they ware off it’s hell all over again.

  64. I think I did something wrong.. I really am having trouble believing things are going to get better I feel like that everytime I swallow for the rest of my life it’s going to feel this way. I feel like I’m having some pain that no one else does… I’m 16.. I’m on day 7.. only because it’s midnight.. it started out fantastic. Day one my friends stayed with me that first night after surgery I slept fine.. the next day a little worse it hurt pretty bad just to open my jaw.. the sides of my tongue hurt so bad.. when I swallowed it stung but now.. when I swallow it only hurts because on the left side it feels like there is a not in my throat muscle or something. I can’t swallow right.. I’m so emotional to. Because I’m sitting here crying thinking that this is my life now because all of these that I’ve read don’t have this problem where it feels like their throat has been tangled. Then I think
    I’m so dumb I’m a whimp, I’ve gotten in physical fights with people at school (because of valid reasons) but I don’t have a pain issue until this.. I threw up today didn’t hurt my throat but I just feel so sick.. I can barely eat here is my family out having fun on my nephews 2nd birthday and I’m not going to let anything ruin that but I think I went too far, talked and tried to eat things that aren’t the best. I can’t deal with just jello or pudding that doesn’t help I hate soup and I ate all the ramen and spaghetti o’s and here I am dead on day 7 crying I work tomo… and the whole next week… I can’t do this anymore. This isn’t going anywhere pain subsides but turns into something new.. I honestly kinda wish I was dead but If I could wish I’d rather wish this tonsillitis to go away.

    1. Hang in there, don’t stop to take your pain meds. Take it every 4 hours, even if that means you have to wake up from a good sleep. I was doing just fine until last night I decided I didn’t need to take percocet and I woke up in the middle of the night crying with pain. First time. So I guess I learnt my lesson…don’t underestimate the pain. If you’re nauseated make sure to always drink milk/gatorade/coconut water with your pain killer, get an Ice pack and wrap your neck with it. And relax for a bit.
      I hope you’re feeling better by now but try to be strong. It will be all worth it.

  65. I had my tonsils taken out, I am currently on Day 10. I have officially hit the turning point. Now my throat feels like a sore throat and I only took one tylenol for minor ear pain that I had this morning. There is light at the end of this dark tunnel! It was so painful. The worst days were day 5-8. It feels like a burning pain that just is super unbearable. I thought it would never go away and I would never be able to eat. But it will get better. I was super depressed through the painful days, but I want to let anyone know that it will get better and just keep your mind of the pain! I am surprised how over night the pain just decreased dramatically! Thank you for all tge other posts that gave me tips through this recovery process. Drink water…keep your throat cold (ice it)…and keep positive!

    1. I am on day 7. This website has helped me tremendously. Yesterday was my hardest day. I cried the entire day and all the laxative I had been taking for a week kicked in the entire day. It was horrible. I have been trying to find a day that I will be better. I hope on day 10 that I am better because I am going crazy.

  66. I had my toncils removed 10/23/17 so that puts be at day 4, I have to say I’m dreading days 5-8!!! So far today has been the easiest day since the surgery, still in loads of pain but today went by and I didn’t want to throw myself off a building. The major ear pain started today as well as the extreme neck and shoulder pain. Even with pain killers I seem to feel everything still! After reading so much experiences im praying to God Day 5-8 isn’t going to be a nightmare. I’ve been forcing myself to drink fresh brewed iced mint tea with loads of honey and that seems to help. Today I also ate part of a cheeseburger because I was about to loose my mind if I had to eat another bowl of soup or cup of jello!!!

  67. I just wanted to share my recent tonsillectomy recovery story. I know that a lot of times the horror stories are the ones that get shared.

    I am 44 years old and just finally had my tonsils out. Something I should have done thirty years ago.

    My tonsils have always been a source of sore throats, strep throats, sleep apnea, and other issues. I have had absesses drained, etc…

    I went into the surgery thinking I would be a horrible patient, as I usually am, who would likely not drink or eat if my throat was sore. I totally expected to need to get IVs to counteract my non compliance.

    I can tell you I was pleasantly surprised. The pain was tolerable and nothing compared to the pain I had when I had the absess drained.

    I will say, all in all, if you have absesses, get the surgery. It was not all roses and cream, as it is scary when you are an adult and you hear about the risks of bleeding, etc… but it is well worth it.

    Just to help you know what to expect, just before the two week mark was the worst day emotionally. I stuffed off the scabs, I guess and started spitting out blood and other stuff. Which, made me completely emotional as to whether or not I should go to ER. But drinking ice water did stop the bleeding rather quickly. Still, it is scary to see things come out of places you can’t reach or see.

    But all in all, the experience was nothing compared to the sore throats that convinced me to do this in the first place. I was able to get through the whole ordeal on nothing but children’s advil. (they don’t make the adult in liquid……)

    A couple other tips: McDonalds fries and chicken nuggets are tolerable and were my saviors. That and microwavable mac and beef and mashed potatoes and gravy.

    And soda cans on the outside of the throat.

  68. Hi everyone… I had surgery on Friday the 13th of this month. The doctor told my mom that my tonsils were bad and had an abscess on one of them too. He also said they should’ve came out a long time ago and doesn’t see how I didn’t have more issues with them.

    I’m on day 5 of being out of surgery… and I’m so miserable I’m ready to cry. All I want to do is go to bed without fear of choking, gagging, and or coughing. Day 1 was fine… pain in the throat of course. Day 2, I wasn’t hydrated enough so it started hurting really bad. I was on Tylenol with codeine and it didn’t help at all. So we switched to Children Tylenol. It was alright til I had swelling in my right side face to the lower part of my neck. I’ve been taking Motrin ever since day 3. It helps so much with swelling and pain.. I had a serve pain issue today (day 5) where my ears were killing me and my throat.

    Just yesterday I went to the ER to make sure everything was okay because I was gagging so bad and the vomit reflex hurt my throat… saw blood but not a lot wanted to make sure I wasn’t at risk of hemorrhaging.

    Right now I’m in bed trying to sleep but keep getting paranoid that I’ll choke or cough/gag.. it happened twice so far just about. I feel sick and hungry.. still on liquids.

  69. I’ve been to the doctor a today for check up, I’m on day 8 now after tonsillectomy.
    A tip he gave me for when the pain is truly unbearable, like waking in the night for meds. His advice was to hold your hands over your ears with the palms to seal and swallow your water etc. There’s no pain. I tried it and it really did work! Just a small tip for that horrid and dreaded moment your thirsty and need to drink/take meds! Hope this helps anyone in need! 🙂

  70. First of all I’m speaking from experience not from what I have been reading, but believe me I’ve done my fair share of research before, during, and after this surgery. My Dr was straight forward with me and said it sucks, it’s gonna suck, and you will hate life for AT LEAST a week and he was CORRECT. I’m on day 7 of recovery and it’s 3:14am and I’m wide awake in hellacious pain. My days 1-3 were what I thought it was going to be like and boy was I WRONG! Keep in mind obviously everyone is different and if you’ve done research you will the only thing that everyone can agree is on this freaking sucks! I knew it wasn’t going to be a stroll in the park, so I tried getting my game plan together weeks before surgery. I got applesauce, yogurts, popsicles, soups, otc pain medication, if I thought it would help I had it, well guess what….NONE of it helps. I went from day 4-7 without eating anything at all. I could BARELY get down a sip of water, and the more pain meds I took the more my stomach would burn. FYI loratab is horrible! It burns and only puts you to sleep for about 1.5 hrs then you wake up and are in hell for another 3 hours before you can take anything else. Drs believe that only the horror stories get posted on these types of blogs and to be honest I thought that at first but I was going to post my experiences either way and it turns out to be a horror story, sorry. I had ice packs in hand and a humidifier and none of it worked. That’s just for the throat pain, did I mention your ears? Holy &):@&/?! Uncontrollably makes you wanna drill two holes in the sides of your heads HURTFUL. I by no means considered myself to be a whimp, iv been thru cancer and had a child with no pain medication and I’d rather have 50 than to do this again. If it weren’t for my tonsils being so large and blocking my airway id still have them suckers. I’m a 29 y/o female and this was by FAR the worse pain I have ever experienced. I truly wish I could offer some words of encouragement but I can’t. I kept up with my pain medication just like the Dr said. I did loratab liquid every 4 hours and Motrin every 4 hours, so I never went without medication, and yes it was still this bad. I would take my dose of medication at 1:00am and by 3:00 I was soaking in a hot bath with bath salts. I work full time and have a 6 year old kid so my life never consist of laying around 24/7 so that in itself was hard for me too, but it got so depressing and still is this far because I still see “no light at the end” I pray for success if you have this surgery coming up. If it’s not 110% demanding I wouldn’t do it as an adult. If you are considering this for your children, they are super troopers for this. My little boy was in no pain and eating and back to normal activities with in 24 hours of surgery and, was eating chicken nuggets the very next day, he had his operation at 4 years old. You will have other adults who haven’t even had this done (obviously) tell you it can’t be that bad…. they are full of it. So no voice, no food, thank God for text, and 7 days later I’m still in hell. Oh and there will be times you feel congested and need to cough, and will cough up thick and I mean THICK mucus do it and spit it out it don’t “help” with the pain but it will help your breathing. Once again folks good luck!!

  71. Hello. I Just recently got my tonsillectomy procedure done on the 28th of September 2017. I’m On Day 3 and I’m In excusitating pain. This Is unbearable and should not be recommended unless it’s a life or death situation. I know it’s early n my recovery however this pain is ridiculously hard to handle. I wish I wouldn’t of got this procedure! I can’t eat talk barley breath and it hurts like hell to swallow. My doctor said stay hydrated and eat soft foods but that’s all bull S**t! I Been Crying off and on all day today due to the pain. You have to really force yourself to do anything. I Feel Weak and hopeless, not to mention this is a full 2weeks recovery so they say! I would of been better off just getting a prescription of Antibiotics when I do have a sore throat and let that be that. I haven’t ate since Wednesday night. I’m losing weight and my mind!!! My opinion to anyone that has to get this tonsillectomy should definitely do their homework on this procedure it’s really serious. Plan on all other possibilities and recommendations. This is not a walk in the park, this is weeks of constant agony and pain. Im going to give more feedback while the days of pain continue!

    1. Hi I had mine out a day before you and I’m now on my 6th day, if you take painkillers (both paracetamol and ibruofen) every 4 hours correctly and eat half an hour after you should be okay. You need to keep eating especially toast because the crunch of it pushes the scabs down causes it to heal quickly. Day 5 -7 is said to be the worst but after that it’s okau, I feel a lot better now. I feel so weak and sleepy at the moment but rest is important and this is normal. Wish you all the best

    2. Hello King, please do give more feedback, I got my tonsils removed 2 days before you and I would really like to know how you are healing.

  72. Background- Age 24. Two weeks prior to surgery I had a severe case of strep which caused an abscess which caused ridiculous pain, trouble swallowing, and trouble breathing. I was in the hospital for 4 days on oxygen, iv fluids, antibiotics, steroids, and morphine. I could not even swallow water it hurt that bad. Pain was an 11/10.
    Tonsillectomy recovery
    Day 1- In the recovery room they tried to make me drink juice and sprite but I asked for water and that was better than anything else. I also had to eat a popsicle. I was nauseas after surgery and they gave me something for nausea that didn’t quite work so they gave me Phenergan which did the job. I almost threw up the liquid pain meds they made me drink because she didn’t warn me that it taste like liquid acid! I got myself together and finished it then slept for about an hour. Had to go the restroom before they would let me leave so I did and finally went home. Slept most of the day and ate popsicles and drank water when it was time for pain meds(hydro/acetaminophen mix) . Pain was around 4/10 but I was really loopy. Sleeping propped up on the couch with humidifier. Regime- eat popsicle, take pain med, drink sip of water, then after 1 hour fall asleep for about 2hrs wake up for about an hour and repeat process.
    Day 2- Pain still 4/10. Still pops and water when med time. Slept and watched Netflix. I could talk without it really hurting as long as I didn’t try to talk loudly.
    Day 3- Pain 3/10. Ate eggs for bf which was not that bad pain wise. I added half a protein shake to my pops and water at med time. Best friend came to visit and we went to Chili’s for lunch I had a bowl of potato soup and soft flour tortillas. Went home super tired but pain remained at a 4 or 5 the whole day.
    Day 4- Pain up to 6/10. A little more uncomfortable today and the ear pain has set in. it isn’t debilitating just annoying. Pops, water, and the occasional protein shake throughout the day. For dinner I ate cold mac and cheese and it was okay. Sleep and Netflix for the day. Still living propped up on the couch with humidifier. Same pain med regime.
    Day 5- Pain 8/10. Thought I would try to be a cool kid and stop taking my pain meds. Bad idea. Didn’t wake up to take my meds in the middle of the night and woke up to my mistake. Immediately took my meds and after awhile pain went down to a 7. Day 5 was definitely the hardest day pain wise. Nothing I couldn’t handle just worse than the other days.
    Day 6- Pain 7/10. I say 7 mostly because the pain in my throat is accompanied by the really annoying ear pain. I got out of the house today to run some errands but didn’t drive. Also, started eating regular food, it hurts for sure but not enough to not eat after 6 days. No more humidifier.
    Day 7- Pain 5/10. I took my last dose of prescription pain med on day 7 in the morning and switched to over the counter (liquid) 500mg extra strength acetaminophen. It doesn’t reduce the pain as much as the hydro but it dulls it enough. I drove and picked up my 4 year old son from daycare.
    Day 8- Pain 4/10. Went back to work on day 8. I was tired most of the day especially towards the end. The pain got up to a 6 toward the end of the day but after I got home to rest it was not so bad.
    Day 9- Today, pain 2/10. Hurts only when I swallow or yawn (yawning is the devil after a tonsillectomy just fyi pain jumps up to an 8 while yawning). Ears are still hurting especially at night and without the pain meds its hard to get a good nights sleep. I haven’t been taking them throughout the night but I do recommend it. I have not had any bleeding so far so I can not give experience on that.
    Best of luck to all going through a tonsillectomy. I hope my story gives you a little hope that it wont be as bad as you think.

    1. Also forgot to mention that I drank atleast 8-10 oz of water an hour after I had my pain meds each time and more if I could. I think it really helped with my recovery.

    1. The pain is temporary and will improve in a couple of days. Make sure you’re keeping a constant amount of pain medicine in your system even if it requires you to wake up at night. Your doctor should be able to prescribe you medicine that will help with the nausea–it could be a side effect of the pain meds. You can’t go back so keep looking forward to when this is all over and you’re on the other side.

  73. I am 22, currently on day 4 of recovery. I have found little to no relief in anything, trying to eat as much ice as possible, which feels good until it’s time to swallow. I expected it to be rough, just not this bad. If I could go back and not get it done, I WOULDN’T. Please tell me it’s going to ease up a little bit soon! Right now I feel like I’ve tried all I can & I’m sitting in a pile of regret full of emotions 🙁

    1. You did the right think getting those suxjera ourmt; but there us a short lives price to pay. My worst days of recovery were says 5-7. The pain to swallow, the ear pain, and beating myself for have having thw procudure done. This, too, shall pass. Our host, Greg Tooke, has listed loads if helpful hints and other resources at the top of this page, read them! They work

      Keep us updated, we want to know you’re you doing.


    2. I Definitely agree with u. I wish I wouldn’t have gotten this procedure.
      In fact I feel like if it’s not a life or death situation this procedure shouldn’t even be mentioned to any patients!

  74. Im 21, currently on day 4 of recovery. Having the tonsillectomy has shown no positives so far and feeling extremely down and in massive amounts of pain. Haven’t felt any improvement yet and struggling to find something to ease the pain. I’ve been given codeine and paracetamol for pain. I’ve tried taking both every 4 hours for the first 3 days and now on the 4th day I’m staggering the meds every 2 hours to try and see if it improves at all. Talking is extremely difficult, I’m unable to move my head much due to the jaw/ear pain. I find now that whenever I manage to sleep I wake up needing to cough and clear my throat. Eating has been a massive struggle. I’ve tried mash potatoes, ice cream, yogurts, soggy crumpets and even some spaghetti hoops – nothing yet seems to go down easily. Just looking for some advice really on how to get through this.
    Also concerned about how my throat looks, hasn’t changed much visually since the op, still extremely swollen and yellow patches(scabs?) seem as if they are getting larger. Is this normal?

    1. Yep, sounds very normal. Likely to get worse or at least be very similar until day 8/9 which it will start to get better. Hang in there. I found crushing up Paracetamol and mixing it in with water then drinking it made it work better. I even managed to eat quite well 10-15mins after the paracetamol crush.

      It will get better and your throats will feel great in time.

  75. I’m a 17 year old girl and got my tonsils taken out last Thursday, it is now the 5th day and is a Tuesday.

    During my op the doctors cut through both my arteries so was bleeding thoughout. I had to have stitches so am in extra pain. I woke up and wouldn’t stop throwing up blood that I had swallowed when I was under. Ngl it was mank and a lot of blood. I had to stay over night as I defo wasn’t fit to go home. The next morning I was fine just tired and in abit of pain, when home ate scrambled eggs and beans and then had a burger and fries from McDonald’s lol. Since then I’ve been eating fine, like normal food anyone would eat however since yesterday (4th) day and today it hurts so much to eat. I actually haven’t eaten that much just because it hurts so so so much! I Just want to go back to sixth form, recovering isn’t going well in so much pain but I’m just so fed up and bored of watching Netflix. Think I’ve watched everything good on it. My throat looks mank as well, just wish I was normal again 🙁

    1. Hi Em,

      All things considered, it sounds like you are doing extremely well. You are at the hardest part, for most people. Day 5 sucks, big time. This will only last for a few more days, so find some more Nexflix movies to watch. The best thing you can do to feel better is drink a LOT of water. The pain sets in when the scabs dry up, so keep sipping. Take Tylenol for the ear pain and try to get humidifier in your room where you are sleeping….it helps. Good luck, let us know how you’re doing. Btw: you are normal. It will be okay. 🙂

      1. Hiya so it’s been a week now and it’s abit better thanks:) had some morphine so it’s been all Gucci. Had a pal come visit me so was good and managed to focus on practising driving etc, still in pain though but your reply made me feel abit more at ease!
        Thanks for the concern, hopefully I’ll be fine soon and idk what a humidifier is but I’m sure I’ll be okay without one 🙂 thx xox

  76. 38 year old female from California.
    On 9/7/17 I had a tonsillectomy plus palate opening surgery plus work on my nose to open nasal passages. All to fix sleep apnea. Currently day 9 post-op.

    I’m writing because I felt like I had a slightly different story than some of you as I was well-informed and had more procedures. I get the sense many aren’t warned by their doctors what is involved which is a shame.

    I had no idea I had issues with my tonsils until I started working with a sleep specialist at Stanford. The doctor took one look at my throat and said that the tonsils were the problem. They were narrowing my airway. He suggested a tonsillectomy. I thought “great, that should be easy”. But then he explained that a tonsillectomy as an adult is super painful to the point you don’t want to even eat. My enthusiasm was deflated and we ended up doing a sleep study where it was determined that I had mild obstructive sleep apnea from the tonsils. I didn’t have the greatest job at the time so taking time off & the out of pocket hospital costs were daunting. After trying CPAP and an oral appliance I final decided to see the a surgeon at Stanford that specializes in sleep surgery to correct situations like mine. Again he was amazed at the size of my tonsils and warned me how painful it is but said he would find removing them “very satisfying”.

    I decided to bite the bullet and saved my days off for work and my portion of the insurance costs. I arranged with work to take 2-3 weeks off work (2 weeks minimum) and arranged with my partner and my mom to take care of me for 2 weeks. At the pre-op appointment in August they gave me all my medicines in advance so I had everything I needed: oxycodone, anti-nausea medicine & stool softener. We also talked about taking medicines on a regular basis even in the middle of the night. Keeping a constant dose of medicine keeps the pain from flaring up and also helps prevent addiction. They gave me all my post-op info in advance so I could read and understand it. Also based on this forum I got a humidifier and because I was concerned about sleeping propped up I ended up buy a wedge pillow set from Relax the Back (the PureFit Adjustable Wedge system) which wasn’t cheap but I knew being comfortable at night would make the investment worth it.

    My doctor actually had me stay overnight in the hospital which I would highly recommend if you can arrange it. Staying overnight means you can get really well hydrated via IV before going home. They could also make sure my meds were ok and in my system before I was on my own.

    About 9 days in I can say that I think it wasn’t as bad as I feared. I’m not sure if I got lucky or if it was because I also had nose work. There’s nothing more distracting and constantly frustrating than having plastic splints stuck up your nose for a week. It caused me to struggle to breathe through my nose, lose my sense of smell and generally make me uncomfortable like I had a bad cold or sinus infection. Going into it I was most worried about the tonsils and while it wasn’t pleasant I barely went over a 6/10 in pain. I had expected to be close to 8 or 9 for multiple days. My lower pain level allowed me to keep well hydrated which I think is a self-reinforcing cycle of benefit.

    Now that’s day 9 the pain is starting to ease and I’m looking forward to starting to taper the oxy soon as I really don’t like how it makes me feel.

    My recommendations:
    -plan for the worst but hope for the best. Hopefully it won’t be as bad as you fear. It happened to me and it could happen to you.
    -put your medications in your smartphone as timers that will remind/wake you up. My iPhone allows me to label the reminders so when it goes of it also tells me what medication to take.
    -Have someone available to be home with you during the recovery period. Taking care of yourself is hard. Being babied and catered to will help.
    -Focus on soft smooth foods for the first week. Eat whenever you’re hungry even if it just a little bit. I found that food that was too cold (ice cream, smoothies) actually started to hurt worse so I gravitated towards stuff not frozen, just refrigerated. It’s all those raw nerves.
    -Truly take 2 weeks off work or school. Don’t push yourself. I just planned to Netflix and relax and the doctor said that would make recovery easier than trying to push too fast.
    -Take walks. This is something my doctor recommended. It is good for narcotic-induced constipation and is good to get some fresh air. Walk just a little bit each day. You don’t need to be bed bound and it will make it worse if you’re too lazy but just don’t push yourself too much.
    -Change your clothes, take a shower, brush your teeth.
    -Plan to rest your voice. Use a white board & your iPhone can actually speak for you.

    1. Thank you so much for sharing your experience. In 2 weeks I will undergo the same procedures as you’ve described in an effort to help me sleep better as well. When my doctor told me I’d have to take 2 weeks off from work I thought that was a bit excessive, but I see now that I’m probably going to need it! The thing I’m most worried about is not being able to breathe through either my nose (from the obstruction) or mouth (from the pain) at the same time. A few years ago I had bronchitis very bad, it felt as if there was a tennis ball in my throat that I couldn’t swallow past. It was so painful and difficult to swallow I became very panicked and distressed. I’m really hoping I don’t experience anything like that during my recovery. I will make sure to follow your advice. Thank you again.
      Oh by the way, have you noticed an improvement in your sleep quality since your recovery?

      1. Hi Stephanie, sorry for the slightly delayed response. (I didn’t get notified that there was a comment to my post and it actually didn’t look like my post had gone through so I came back to check. Glad I did.)

        I’m now about 17 days post-op and I’m feeling so much better. Going to to go back to work this week. I think you definitely need to plan for 2 weeks. I now it sounds like overkill, but trust me. The first week is the pits and the 2nd week had me weaning myself off the oxycodone, working on eating solid foods, walking longer distances and getting my strength back up. (Instant mashed potatoes saved me.)

        I definitely recommend a humidifier (since breathing through the nose is hard you will be breathing through your mouth at night & moisture is your friend) and I really think the splurge on cushions to sleep fairly upright will really help. The nose part sucks and honestly I was so focused on the tonsillectomy pain that I really didn’t think about the nose. Once I realized what that involved I just followed all the post-op directions about keeping it moist and clean with sprays and neti pot rinses and trust me when you get those splints out it feels amazing.

        I’m still healing and I can feeling that things are still sore and swollen but I can breathe so much better already. My nose is so open (and I’m honestly struggling with allergies so it’s not perfect) and my throat while still slightly sore doesn’t have those huge tonsils in the way. I’m sleeping better already and my boyfriend says he notices a difference at night. I wasn’t a major snorer but he notices that my breathing is a lot quieter. They’re going to do a sleep study on me after 4 or 5 months to see if I still have apnea–that’s apparently how long it takes to truly heal.

        Regarding pain I had a really bad case of strep at the same time as a sinus infection this time 3 years ago and honestly I think that was worse for me than the surgery, but I know I have a high pain tolerance. It sounds like it was similar to your situation and I’m not going to lie there will be days like that. Just keep the fluids up especially in the early days and keep the pain medicine constantly in your system and just wait it out.

        Know that it is going to suck but it’s temporary. Your tonsils aren’t going to grow back and the nose surgery is probably a once-in-a-lifetime thing as well. That’s what kept me going. Two unhappy weeks and then it’s done and you don’t ever have to do this again. It feels so good to face a fear and be on the other side. Right before I had it I kept telling everything I just wanted it to be a month later and I’m almost there and I have a big smile on my face. You can do this!

  77. I had tonsillectomy last year at age 32. I’m so glad I read forums and comments online because they prepared me very well. I’ll summarize my experience.

    Day of surgery – felt nauseous after waking up but no pain. The nurse told me Tylenol extra strength is very good at keeping the pain at bay. I rolled my eyes at her and thanked my doctor for prescribing me hydromorphone. (Foreshadowing). Tried to capitalize on the fact that I had no pain and tried to eat as much as I could (room temp soups, popsicles, etc). I was to take 2 to 4 mg of the hydromorphone every 4 hrs and started with 3 and decided to go up if I needed.

    Day 1 – Pain was around a 2. I felt mostly nauseous. I tried eating cream of wheat, mashed potatoes etc but everything already started feeling so bland. I made sure to drink plenty of small sips of water to keep my throat moist. Also before going to sleep, I swallowed a tsp of coconut oil and I think it really helped keep my throat moist. I slept with my head a little upright and woke up several times. It was uncomfortable but nothing agonizing.

    Day 2 – Because of the hydromorphone, nausea was getting worse. It also made it difficult to urinate (relaxes muscles, makes it hard to contract your bladder) and I got super itchy. I felt like I was under the weather (something other than just having had surgery) and later that evening, my fever was up to 38.5 degrees celsius. It being a Friday evening, neither my family doc nor my surgeon were available. I debated going to emergency. My breathing had slowed, I felt like I was about to pass out. Later that night my fever climbed to 39.5. That’s when I decided to self medicate with my leftover antibiotics from a previous bout of tonsillitis – Azithromycin. What a life saver. I also took regular Tylenol along with the hydromorphone to keep the fever at bay. I suspect that I was in the midst of developing tonsillitis before going to the surgery and that’s what happened as opposed to having contracted an infection during the surgery.

    Day 3 – Fever had subsided and I started feeling a little better. Continued with the antibiotics. I hated the foods I was eating. I craved salty fries. That night the nausea got so bad I started panicking that I was going to throw up and irritate my scabs and I was going to end up bleeding to death. I decided to lower the dose of the hydromorphone.

    Day 4 – I started taking only 1.5 mg of hydromorphone along with 1-2 tylenols every 3 hours and it worked! The nurse at the recovery room was right (what do you know, a health care professional knows more about this than I do). I ate tiny chunks of plain pasta with butter and it tasted AMAZING.

    Day 5 – The dreaded ear pain arrived. My surgeon hadn’t told me about this and if I hadn’t read all these forums I would have been in trouble. So thank you past survivors! I already had a big rice bag and ear drops for pain relief. I had my husband heat the rice bag and I would put it down on my pillow, put my right ear on it, put the ear drops on the left ear, wait a few minutes and then rotate. I put the ear drops in every however many hours the bottle recommended. Both that and the heat helped so much! If it weren’t for the heat, the ear pain would be about a 6 or even 7. I was worried about the heat being close to the throat because in case of bleeding, you don’t want the vessels expanded but pain management was key.

    Day 6 – More of the ear pain. This is also when I started smelling and tasting burns. This was the most disgusting thing ever. I can’t even explain it. The scabs were starting to fall so I would feel some sweet and burnt skin at the back of my tongue. It was mortifying. I cried several times wanting this to be over. I wasn’t even in pain but just being weak constantly for the past 6 days had taken its toll. I ditched the hydromorphone completely at this time and was only taking Tylenol. Again, my throat just felt sore mostly. The pain was in the ears and the heat was taking care of that.

    Day 7 – The burning smell/taste was still there but I was feeling much better overall. I had linguini with a ton of butter and even some salt and it felt great. I had a scare this day – I got a cough from the scabs falling and I felt a piece of scab stuck in my throat and I just couldn’t swallow or get rid of it and I was trying so hard not to cough but I had to. Again, I started panicking that I was going to have all my wounds “explode” and this rush of blood was going to come spewing out of my throat and this was going to be the end of me. I had seen a pic of Miley Cyrus’s brother bleeding from his tonsillectomy complications. Google it at your own risk. That is all I thought about. This lasted for about an hour.

    Day 8 – Turning point. I felt really good. Scabs were still falling and every now and then I’d get that nasty smell but the ear pain had gone away and I went down to only taking 1 Tylenol every 4 hours.

    The rest – I was up and moving, I went out, I shopped, I ate almost everything in little bites. So overall I think my recovery went very well for my age. So be prepared for the ear pain, coconut oil and honey are great for keeping your throat moisturized. Give Tylenol a chance. And take it easy. It will ALL pass.

    It’s been 1.5 years and I went from getting 5-6 tonsillitis episodes with high fever and about 10-12 days off work to having only felt under the weather twice since the surgery with no fever and only 1 day off work. It’s one of the best decisions I’ve ever made.

    1. I want to let you know that this post has really put me at ease. I just had my tonsillectomy on September 20th and am 8 days post surgery. Your post fits perfectly how I have been feeling…. I’ve been slowly feeling better since the end of Day 6 and have been stuck in this fear that the worst is yet to come. It hasn’t been that terrible yet so I fear that it means I will just be feeling that later. But I really do think staying hydrated, using your pain meds in the beginning, and using honey have really helped me. It’s nice to know a story where someone feels better by day 7 and continues that upward motion without a backslide. 🙂

  78. I’m a 31 years old female had tonsillectomy one month ago and still have the black surgical ties on my throat,. I’m freaking out. some one else went this far with out the ties falling off?
    It’s disgusting and very uncomfortable please someone answer, I have an appointment next Tuesday with the ENT specialist but I want to know if this happen to others?

  79. I’m a 53-year-old female who had a tonsillectomy on Tuesday, August 15. I found this forum helpful and informative–but also frightening–so frightening that I gave serious thought to not going through with the surgery. So I want to add my experience to the many below, both to say thank you for the very helpful tips and to give hope to others still anticipating the procedure. I suspect more people tend to post when they’re hurting than when things go well. My surgery went very well. During my recovery I had no nausea, no bleeding, no ear aches, and I never even used a heating pad or an ice pack. Thanks to the information I learned here, I used a humidifier every night, and I never dreaded going to sleep. I never awakened with the feeling of a parched throat, though the early mornings were difficult until I downed a dose of pain medicine. One thing that helped me most was the pain medicine. It was liquid Hydrocodon-Acetamin, and I took it about five times during each 24-hour period. It really helped manage the pain, and I was given enough of it to last for 2 weeks. My surgeon also prescribed 2 Tetracaine HCL lollipops for occasional use to help numb the throat. I didn’t try to eat normally; I ate only soft food, but I ate whatever I wanted at whatever hour I wanted it. (Mashed potatoes at 5:30 AM are OK!) If surgery day is day 1, then days 5 to 7 and the morning of day 8 were my most difficult ones; but even on those days, my pain medicine was up to the challenge. At some point on day 8, I felt as though I had turned the corner. I was wary, wondering if it was just the calm before the storm, but the storm had indeed passed, and I no longer felt “sick.” The next few days I felt neither better nor worse, but I was gradually getting better. I had only a little trouble with constipation; and a single dose of Mirolax, some increased water, and fruit smoothies took care of that problem. I moved in with my parents during my recovery and had an army of supporters and many prayers offered in my behalf. My employer was very considerate, and I didn’t return to work until August 30. Though there definitely were some difficult moments, all in all, my experience was far less traumatic than I feared. I thank the Lord for His goodness and am glad to be able to share with others the fact that things went well for me.

    1. Lisa, I having been putting off the surgery for at least 2 years now. I am 56 and I want the surgery due to tonsil stones. Bleeding is my biggest fear. Reading your experience gave me hope. Thanks for sharing!!

    2. Lisa,
      This post put me a little at ease after reading everyone’s horror stories. My surgery is tomorrow morning.. eeek! Hoping for a fairly easy recovery like you had. Thank you 🙂

      1. Lisa, hope you are doing okay, my wife had her surgery on Dec13th ….we were on our way to recovery but had a set back ..bleeding… it’s christmas eve and my wife had to have emergency surgery to stop bleeding that started…….. stay positive and know look ahead each minute your that much closer to healing

  80. I just had mine out 2.5 weeks ago. 27 yo female. The worst part was actually the pre op process; i have a phobia of hospitals and medical procedures due to childhood illness. the recovery was about as i expected:

    Day 1-2 not too bad, still have IV pain killers in my system, taking 2 tylenol+5 mg oxy every 4 hours.
    Day 3 the oxy made me throw up what little i could ear (jello, popsicles, italian ice, water, gatorade) and starting to get a lot of mucus in my throat; dropped oxy dose to 2.5mg every 4 hours.
    Day 4-5 tried eating small amounts of overcooked pasta, hurt like hell but it got down and stayed down.
    Day 6 had to have my caretaker drive me to my parents house to pick up my dog from my sister, stopped for soft serve ice cream, that was super painful, but tasted SO GOOD. Significant fever started in low 99s, highs in the high 100s
    Day 7 pain started getting worse, frequently an 8-9/10; back on 5mg of oxy every 4 hours; fever holding around mid 99s
    Day 8 woke up in the middle of the night crying from the amount of pain i was in, boyfriend had to double my dose of oxy (he’s an RN) and sit up with me until i fell asleep, fever still in the low 99s
    Day 9-11 pain still bad, still can’t talk for more than a minute or two without considerable pain flare/swelling, fever gone
    Day 11-14 pain started receding rapidly, no more need for oxy around the clock, just morning and middle of the night doses required
    Day 15 back to work, still on oxy morning only, no more night dose
    Day 16-17 mild sore throat, no more trouble speaking, even singing in my car again 🙂

    Take aways: All in all, terrible recovery, but it could have been worse. It took several days for me to even think about tolerating anything solid, and stay away from dairy!
    It kicks up the mucus and makes it very thick and difficult to swallow. I started spitting out mine (gross i know) because in doing that i was able to monitor for any significant bleeding while my throat healed. Slept in a recliner for almost 2 weeks, which didn’t do my back any favors, but with the oxy who notices back pain anyway. Now i just hope i get sick less often and sleep better. Only the winter will tell. fingers crossed!

  81. 29 years Female -Caribbean (The Bahamas)
    Thank you so much for putting togther this forum;it has been so helpful. However i wish I had discovered this before my tonsillectomy to be better prepare.

    When I first decided to do it and in speaking with my ENT he advised that would spent one night in the hospital after the procedure for monitoring which I thought was not necessary. He then advised that I will be out from work for about 3 weeks which I then ask him is ut really needed. I made up mind that if i felt better before the three week i just go back to work. I realizing now I probably that going back to work early is not going

    Day of procedure
    My procedure was schedule for August 21st 2017 (soo I am recent). I didnt realize when I booked that day the solar eslipe was going to happen which made me more uneasy. All sort of thought ran thru my mind; what it the power went off and for some reason due to freak of nature the genator will take longer than usually to kick in all because of this galactic event happen (Crazy me). So i decide to be the first one in OR as the ENT started he working 730am.I was also neverous because I never before been put to sleep so I was afraid of not waking up. I kept asking all the nurses and the doctors how long will it take of course the a sure me not long less than 20 minutes. It was in fact quick i was particially in and out of the OR. I woke up asking for pain meds which the provide thru an I V. For most of the day I was slept. So I hardley felt pain. I was able to eat lunch which was mash potatoe and some veggie and some steam Tuna. After that I went back to sleep. Took some Capol and antibiotics when back to sleep. I was able to eat dinner potatoes again and veggie with Tuna. Before bedtime I was give some Voltaren liquid med thru IV which put me off to sleep again. I woke up around 1am in with a sharp pain in my throat I decide to eat some ice to relieve it but it was no help. I then called the nurse who gave me some Capol. That help but of course woke up with hours of taking it with pain.

    Discharge Day (Day 2 )
    Got early because I was eager to get out of the hospital i was given a dose of Voltaren befpre Capol and antibiotics before I left. My ENT requested I do a follow up the next day. I slept most of the day wake up only to take meds. I didn’t eat anything only tried the ice cream and ice chips but swallowing was hard and painful. Like most of you stated Ice cream should not be recommended as and aid in recovery especially during those first 5 days. Maybe a sorbet be used or advise (as it used to cleaning the Platte before your main course). The night was rough with pain and dry mouth.

    Day 3-4

    This was my follow day with the ENT which he said everything is going well and to continue with the meds. I would have another follow up the following week. As usually on these days i rested and tired to eat but nothing the pain would just consumer me.

    Day 5 -7
    This were my worst pain level days ever! I thought that the pain meds were not workings and called my ENT to see if he could have given me something stronger. He advise that i should be taking my Capol every 4 hours. Because I wasn’t keeping a med log like recommended by most of you; I was guess when my next dosage time hence caused me tonhav so much pain. Soooo on Day 6 I decided to keep a better record of my meds time. On day 7 at 530 am I had taken my first dosage of Capol for the day seconds later I felt like a water sprout was in the mouth and a pool of blood came out. It was like my throat had sprung a leak. I ran in my bedroom where my husband was asleep turn on the light and stood in the door with blood spurring from my mouth my husband rush me to Accident & Emergency A&E . All sort of thought ran thru my mind I was like, is this it and started to pray. On the way to the A&E my husband called my ENT and advised him of what was happening he decided to meet us there. I was bleeding so much that I swallow some😷. My husband was such in panic that missed the short route to the A&E. By time we reach it was the sprout had stop. The good thing of living on a small island is that everyone knows everyone. My doctor was able to call one of the attending doctors in A&E who was able to assist me until he had arrived. When he came he advised me that a piece of the scab had fell off and sometime when it happen you bleed. Of course he said if I had called him before I left home he would have been able to tell my husband what to do to control it. But I told blood was gushing and I panic. I was give ice pack to place on my under neck around the throat area. He cleaned around the area I had already began to clot as he took out some of the clots. I was given a shot of pain meds and garval(settle my stomach since I turn into a vampire for those couple of minutes). I was discharged and told to keep the ice pack on most of the day and sleep with my head elevated and also to do a follow the next day. I slept most of the day taking my pain meds. By this day I had gotten a better grip on taking my pain meds and was able to monitor it better. However i felt awful. I thought was doing this necessary. I thought to myself that i should have just dealt the tonsillitis as the came instead of taking out my tonsil. 🙁 I was feeling helpless and felt like I made a poor decision.
    After Day 7 event I decided to Google what had happened to me and saw similar story and some giving the same details has to what they had done in that event. I then discover this forum that is really helping understand this recovery process as each day passes. It is one thing hear your doctor say by day 10 you will be fine and reading for other experience that it will get better.
    I am happy that I found this forum it helped me understand what I am going thru and what to expect in the coming days.


    Do take all the time give to by ur doc don’t rush back work

    Drink plenty of cool clear liquid as every stated at every 20 -30 second it helps

    Try the sorbet instead of the dairy made ice cream. (i am going to try it today)

    As stated do keep a log of your meds intake.

    oh and get a humidifier it helps at night. After reading about how helpful it was i got one and it works. Two days wake up without a dry throat.

    Remember it going to be fine take each day day. Use this time to Commune with God or mediate since u cant talk to much!

  82. Hello all!

    I am a 20 year old female 11 days post op. I’ve had a pretty rough time with recovery. I’ve had just about every pain the doctor said I would (sore throat, hard to swallow, earache, jaw, face, and neck pain). Day 1 I was pretty drowsy from surgery and pain meds so I slept most of the time but when I woke up, I had the worst pain. The pain persisted days 2-4 I was only able to drink water and had to FORCE myself to do so. (DRINK WATER EVEN THOUGH IT’S BEYOND PAINFUL. It’s so important because it keeps your throat from drying out which is even worse. Drink especially those times when you wake up in the middle of the night). My throat was so swollen that to take one sip of water, I had to swallow around 5 times to get it down. I ended up going back to my ENT on Day 2 because I felt like I was unable to breathe due to swelling. Kid you not, I was in my ENT’s office for five minutes as he took a quick look in my throat and said everything looked normal. I went home pretty upset because I just wanted something that would allow the swelling to go down. Around Days 5-7 my swelling finally went down and things were looking better. I was taking prescribed Oxycodone and Tylenol around the clock and was feeling pretty good once I was taking the meds. I knew as soon as I was due for another med because I was starting to feel awful again. Write down what meds you’re taking and when because you will forget! It also makes it much easier when you wake up in the middle of the night so you can look at a paper and see what time you took something last, so you can get those meds in you quick because night pain was the worst! Days 8-10 I was finally able to eat some soft foods such as ice cream and mashed potatoes. (Before then I was surviving off water, watered down Gatorade, and soup because everything else felt way too thick for my throat.) I felt pretty good eating because I felt so weak from not eating all week. By Day 9, I was down 10 pounds! Pain wise, definitely improving but rough sleeping through the night. I stopped taking the Oxycodone and alternated liquid Tylenol and Ibuprofen (you’re not really supposed to take ibuprofen as it is a blood thinner but I got permission from my doc). This seemed to help me get through the days. Now here’s the kicker….. I finally was feeling better then today, Day 11, I woke up at 1:30 am coughing up bright red blood. It wasn’t much at first, but then it started pooling out of my mouth. I coughed again, which made me gag and the whole scab that had formed on the right side came out. This made the bleeding uncontrollable so that’s when my mom and I made the decision to head to the hospital. The hospital was a very rough experience as no ENT was at the hospital that late at night. The ER doctor did everything he could to try to stop the bleeding; suction, epinephrine mixed with lidocaine, saline rinses. The bleeding would temporarily slow down, until I would cough up the newly formed clot that was forming in my throat. I was losing a lot of blood and finally (around 4 am) found out my ENT was on call and on his way to the hospital to get the bleeding stopped. I got into surgery at 5 am and was so glad. Surgery went really well and they got the bleeding to stop. I was discharged from recovery around 7 am and able to go home. I slept for awhile after I got home and woke up to the best surprise. I FELT SO MUCH BETTER. The scabs are basically off (besides the new one formed from cauterizing) and I can swallow with very little pain. Even though early this morning was a nightmare, it was so worth it because of how great I feel. I still am very weak and tired but I will take that any day over the other symptoms I was experiencing!

    I was not expecting this recovery to be so bad but hang in there!! I owe a big thank you to this forum because it made me feel not so alone! Best wishes and luck to everyone 🙂

    1. my wife had the same thing happen today…. She woke with minor bleeding we called the ENT whom say she would meet us at the ER…. once at the er my wife started bleeding a lot…. the good thing was the ENT was right there…. she told my wife to start rinsing with ice water she made a phone call and we were off to the OR unfortunately my wife was very scared ” so was I but made face” she went under for maybe 15 20 minutes surgery to cauterize…the doctor came out said the bleeding was stopped …. but she needed to stay 24hr for observation. …. I am writing this to calm myself to sleep …knowing this has happened to so many and how you pulled through gives me hope

  83. Hi,
    I am a 18 year old female on my day 5 of healing.

    Every pain that my doctor warned me I might have, I got them all. My jaw, neck, and face all ached. (Day 2-3) I also got a pink eye so that didn’t help.

    However, day 4, things start to brighten. But I knew from reading previous experience that the worst will come on day 7. But, I was not about to wait for 3 more days. So, the night of day 4, in order to speed up the process and because the disgusting odor was killing me, I took salt water and gargled it vigorously so that the scabs would come off. I took my pain meds and immediately went to bed. 2 hours later I woke up with piercing pain and I have never been happier. (My pain meds are suppose to last me 4 hours) I ran to the bathroom and found a small piece of scab missing from the back of my throat. I sent my alarm for 2 more hours for when I take my meds. (I found that putting in earbuds and blasting country music helps me cope until my next dose of pain meds.)

    I don’t know if it’s because of the salt water or if it was just time for the scabs to fall off, but I’m just going to keep gargling salt water because I seems to help with the smell at the very least.

  84. I am male, from Australia, currently on Day 11.

    Day 1 – 3 – Pain wasn’t too bad. I could swallow yoghurt, mashed sweet potato and smoothies, although they still hurt going down. I begun to avoid diary as this created a mucus in my throat and it was very uncomfortable. Sweet foods became very nauseating, so I avoided these too.
    Sleeping was difficult. I managed maybe 4 hours sleep before waking up in pain, or choking on my own saliva. I found that i couldn’t breathe sleeping on my back, so i had to sleep on my side on the edge of the pillow. I dribbled A LOT.
    By day 3 I was feeling pretty great and i was very thankful for my large supply of strong pain meds.

    Day 4 – 7 – The bad ear aches started on the evening on Day 3, along with the intense pain and headaches. The mornings during these days were horrendous. I cried over 2 table spoons of cold soup, and also a watered down banana/almond milk smoothie. Nothing prepares you for the pain on these days. Had I not of read this forum I would have been convinced something was wrong. Its important that you focus through the pain and remember that it is only temporary. Make sure you keep on top of your meds. There were a couple of days that I literally only ate icey poles.

    Day 8 – 11 – I had ignored the tip to purchase a humidifier for my recovery, but wish I had of taken the advice. I hung out my washing in my bedroom just before i slept, because as the washing dries it releases the moisture into the air (humidifying the air). This was the best thing I did, I had my first full nights sleep. I still woke up with pain, but my mouth certainly wasn’t as dry as the previous mornings. Day by day things get slightly more manageable, and you begin to ‘see the light at the end of the tunnel’

    As I said, I am currently on Day 11, nearly Day 12. Talking and swallowing still hurts a bit, but absolutely nothing compared to the pain of days 4 – 7. I am a little more hesitant to eat solid foods, although I can eat soft pasta with minor, manageable pain.

    Some tips:
    – Stay hydrated. This is super tough when the pain is at its peak. I found that icey poles were my best friend. But i’ve read that de-hydration can lead to heavy bleeding, and I didn’t want that.
    – Distract yourself. Do anything to take your mind off the pain. Personally, I played video games for 7 days in a row.
    – Stay positive. I read these forums everyday, and my key takeaway was that this horrific pain is only temporary, and all you have to do is make to the next day.
    – Have someone with you. I was very fortunate to have my partner look after me 24/7 for the past 11 days. Seriously, it helped to have someone to do the basic things that you don’t want to think about, like preparing your next meal, or encouraging you to stay strong.
    – Keep a pain management schedule. My mum came up with a schedule for when i should take my meds, and then put these times into my phone as alarms. Each time the alarm went off, i took the meds that i needed to. This is the only way i knew when my next med was due, and how long i have to suffer before i could begin to feel ‘better’.

    Good Luck, and be proud of yourself when this if over. It is tough!

  85. 48F – had my tonsillectomy on Aug 11. The first couple of days were pretty good, I was thinking “I’m going to be one of the lucky ones and breeze right through this”. Nope :-(. Been going downhill since day 3. I’m on day 7 now and the scabs are starting to peel off. It hurts, but I can get through it – the pain meds help (keep a notepad and write down the time you take what, it’s tough to remember through the pain what you took when).

    One of my blessings is my CPAP. It has a humidity chamber. I cranked it up and have been essentially sleeping through a lot of the pain. Thankfully, I haven’t experienced the drying out while sleeping that many of you have – you have my sympathy, I’m sure it is awful.

    An important point that I’ve not seen others mention (I’ve not read through the entire blog though) is if you develop an incredible headache – seriously skull splitting right behind your eyes, it might be from caffeine withdrawal. I was focused on drinking lots of water and avoiding coffee – essentially stopped caffeine cold turkey. It took me a little while (and some serious pain) to figure it out. Thankfully, the cure is to drink some coffee – worked like a charm.

    Anyway, day 7 now. I’m looking forward to the light at the end of the tunnel, based on the majority of the posts, it will get better soon!

  86. 26yo male, 8th day post op

    I had the ‘routine procedure’ a week ago. Sadly it wasn’t ‘routine’ at all, I was under the knife for 2,5hrs while my parents were freaking out. According to the surgeon, my tonsils were so hypertrophic that I was bleeding every tin they tried taking them off. I had to be cauterized. And I had streptococcus on every test I did, even tho I didn’t really felt like my tonsils were killking me. I had gutate psoriasis that allegedly gets caused by tonsils and tonsillectomy is ‘the cure’.

    Day 1: the anesthesia did its trick, plus I got hooked on the oxygen mask, it just made me feel so good (they took it shortly after). Wasn’t able to swallow even my saliva. Had 2 glasses of tea. Slept through the whole day.

    Day 2-4: still at the hospital, getting IV’s twice per day (Antibiotics, vit C, analgesic, liquid food). I had trouble swallowing sometimes, but nothing major. I felt like I have something stuck in my throat.

    Day 5/6: Pain rose to 7/10, taking liquid analgesics every 4/5hrs. I managed to eat cornflakes that became mooshy from sitting in the yoghurt for too long. Rice cakes in yoghurt (mooshy). Banana smoothie. Puddings and ice cream. Mashed potatoes with yoghurt.

    I noticed my tongue is really weird, swollen and has a white coat. Tried cleansing it with my toothbrush + started taking probiotic. My breath stinks as well, can’t stand it.

    My voice sound weird and I cannot talk for long time.

    Day 7: woke up with abusisly bad pain, I had 2 painkillers on empty stomach. Tried having a banana, ended up being in a hellish pain. I later managed to eat cornflakes in yoghurt, some biscuits, few puddings and ice cream. My tongue is so swollen, I think it hits my back teeth and that hurts more than my throat. Still can’t talk normally.

    My throat looks greenish, I haven’t really had the chance to see any scab in my mouth, I think I swallow them (cuz I feel like I have hair, or piece of food stuck in my throat).

    Day 8: took painkillers twice before going to bed, here’s hoping it’s gonna be a turning point. I still get a mouthful of saliva all the time that sometimes hurts swallowing it… especially because of the smell. I still drink lots of iced water tho.

    As for the psoriasis, it definitely isn’t worse – but it didn’t get a lot better. I have spots on my torso and on my arms, it kinda feels like it’s not gonna get worse, no itching or anything- physically, it just looks the same.

    I’ll keep you guys updated.

    1. Hey mate,
      I suffered from psoriasis due to recurrent tonsilitis also. And have had a tonsilectomy 3 days ago.
      The psoriasis is more with a healthier lifestyle and will get better from that. However, i hope that by getting rid of the tonsils, this will be the last I’ll ever see the psoriasis ever again.

      Gd luck with ur recovery and same with mine.


  87. hey all first i wanna say this blog was so comforting during my surgery i’m glad there’s something out there like this. i’m 20 year old female who had my tonsils removed on july 11 so i’m on day 17 WELL the surgery went well was never too much pain. i live in LA on my own so i came to stay with my parents while recovering which was a smart idea
    the day of my surgery went well i wasn’t in too much pain i was just shaky from the anesthesia
    day2-4 were pretty normal too just sleeping all day eating soup and macaroni, my doctor prescribed me percocet so i was pretty fine with the pain level.
    on day 5-8 was a little more pain with scabs falling off and i had a horrible cough but as long as i took pain meds i was fine
    on day 9-10 i thought i was healing perfectly normal even went to go visit some friends with my boyfriend
    however day 11 came and it was about 1 in the morning and i noticed i was staring to swallow a little weird i ate some ice cream because i was gonna take some pain meds and didn’t want to upset my stomach when all the sudden i feel my mouth fill with blood i ran to bathroom and couldn’t stop throwing up blood and it literally felt like it was gushing out. my mom and boyfriend came to help me and bring ice water but nothing would stop do i was rushed to the ER the whole time i continued to have huge clots forming making me gag and throw up i vibe through the whole course of this fiasco i maybe had about 7 clots come out of my mouth. the ER doctor tried to stop the bleeding but was unsuccesful so the on call ENT came and used silver nitrate to stop the bleeding and oh my goodness that was the worse pain i have ever felt. they said it was very unlikely that i had bled on the 11th day considering i was almost healed. so i’m not sure what happened there
    I am now on day 17 and my led side looks healed however my right side(where the bleeding was) is a little swollen and there’s still some patches of white around. i visited my ENT two days after the bleeding so on day 13 and he said everything looks fine and healed but it still feels like i have a little sore throat. i know this was a long comment but anyone have any thoughts?

  88. 51-year-old male from the UK. Tonsillectomy to try and cure sleep apnoea.

    Day 1 – Had tonsillectomy about 3:30pm. Woke up in recovery with minimum pain (3/10).
    Given morphine for the pain.
    Ate ham sandwich and packet of quavers in evening. Drinking chilled water constantly.
    Slept well

    Day 2 – Pain about 4/10 and given liquid morphine.
    Ate cornflakes and marmalade on toast for breakfast. Drinking chilled water constantly.
    Discharged from hospital at 10:00am.
    Ate a normal dinner and sleep was near normal.

    Day 3 to 5 – Pain about 4/10, been taking paracetamol 1000mg (every 6 hours) and ibuprofen 400mg (every 8 hours) round the clock.
    Waking myself up to take the pills throughout the night. Sometimes taking pills will result in water running out of the nose
    At times, it is hard to swallow but still drinking chilled water constantly.
    Eating normal food. With lots of sandwiches and toast.
    Sleeping close to normal with maybe a couple of hours less sleep.

    Day 6 – Pain ramped up to about 5/10 so added codeine 30mg to the mix every 6 hours, taken same time as paracetamol.
    Still trying to eat normal diet and drinking chilled water.
    Sleeping maybe 6 hours a day.

    Day 7 – pain between 4/10 and 5/10 throughout the day and night.
    Still managing to eat normal food but much less than I would like. Still drinking plenty of chilled water.
    Been harder to sleep but managing up to 4 hours at night and maybe a couple of hours in day.

    Day 8 to 9 – pain between 5/10 and 7/10 throughout the day and night.
    Ear ache now too at about 1/10 to 3/10 for pain.
    Now very painful to talk. struggling through eating toast and sandwiches as pain eating is so great.
    Even painful to drink chilled water now and stings to do so but, as room temp water does the same, I have stuck with the chilled water.
    Sleep is reduced to a few hours at most.

    Day 10 – Pain about a 4/10 so hoping I have turned the corner and over the worst of the pain.
    Slight ear ache has now subsided.
    Back to eating my normal diet with minimum pain.
    Chilled water is soothing to drink rather than stinging.
    Sleeping much better.

    Overall, I am glad I had the op and hope it has improved my sleep apnoea. If not, it was worth the shot.
    Swallowing hurts but it is most painful to yawn, sneeze or cough.
    I think most of the pain up to day 5 came from my swollen uvula which was 3 times its normal size.
    This also caused the sensation that something was permanently stuck in my throat, when the uvula was brushing against my tongue.
    Pain after day 5 I think was from the scab forming and then falling off.
    The pain mostly never got much worse than my worst bout of tonsillitis but it is the duration of the pain that got to me.
    Seemed like there would be no end to it.
    Not the most painful experience of my life. that was an acute attack of gout. I would rather have my tonsils out than go through that experience again.

    In short keep hydrated and try to eat your normal foods (avoiding any spice etc).
    Take your meds regularly through the day and night.
    I think this is what helped me get through this.

  89. I’m 18 I had my tonsils out on Wednesday the 19th July its now Sunday 23rd so it’s day 4/5 and I’m in agony my throat is killing and it was bleeding a tiny bit today and it doesn’t help the earache you get with it, I have been crying at the table eating I think my boyf has had enough. Does it get any better?!

  90. Hi,
    Im a 20 year old female. Had my tonsils out on 20th July so currently on post op day 4 and I’ve got to say it’s been a rollercoaster already!!
    The operation went well and had no complications, I wasn’t in that much pain to start with, the nurse even made me eat a ham sandwich which was really painful!

    Day 3 was the worst for me as I felt as though I couldn’t breathe, woke up at 4am in tears which was painful enough, not being able to swallow my tablets or eat or drink anything, was regretting having it done all together and my mum spent 20 minutes on the phone to the nurse trying to come up with solutions. I couldn’t lie still as my earache pain was through the roof, to solve my earache I just took regular pain relief and had a heat pad pressed against my ear, always sleep on my side and just dozed off then when I woke up the ear pain had gone. Chewing gum is also good to relax ear pain as it gets the jaw muscles moving.

    I’m on day 4 now and I’m actually already starting to feel like I can cope with the pain. I’m just dreading when the scabs start to come off and it all goes back downhill again.

    The main advice I could give anyone that’s just had their tonsils out is to eat jelly first thing in the morning as this moistens your throat as it’s been so dry whilst you’ve been sleeping. Then about 30 mins after you’ve taken paracetamol eat some toast with butter on, this sounds painful and it is a little bit but eating solid foods early on does help clear the throat and it gets the muscles in your throat used to chewing and swallowing meaning it won’t be as difficult and painful later on in the recovery process and as horrible as it sounds it scratches the bad stuff off your throat too.

    Also when you’re drinking water only ever take tiny tiny sips as it can end up coming through your nose or hitting your pallet and you get that stinging sensation when you’re in the sea and a wave catches you off guard. But make sure you take plenty of sips just take your time when drinking it. Also another big savour of mine was Coca Cola, the nurse advised me to drink this as the fizz in it helps clear the throat. at first I thought she was joking but it does really help! I haven’t been out since I’ve had mine done yet, only walked around the house as I catch colds quite easily and don’t want to get an infection but some people can go out pretty soon afterwards I’m just playing it safe.

    I’ve still got the worst part of recovery yet to come which I am dreading but today I’m feeling good so continuing to do what I have been doing! I’ve also had no trouble sleeping what so ever, I can sleep for 6+ hours and wake up with just a little pain in my throat and ears.

  91. Hi all, I’m on day 7 of recovery. I’m at the point where I just need to know if it gets better. I’ve progressively been getting worse, and although the pain isn’t unbearable it’s the fact that I’ve had it for a week that is making this so hard. It’s definitely a marathon, not a sprint to recover. The constant pain really can bring you down. Day 7 for me has been the worst so far, and I’m just praying that tomorrow it starts to look up because I don’t know if I can handle another day of worsening pain. I can’t tell if my scabs have started falling off or not because my throat pretty much looks the same but because of the increasing pain I’m assuming they’ve started to fall off. I’m just hoping today is the worst day and tomorrow I’ll wake up feeling even marginally better.

    1. Day8/9 should be a significant improvement. Day 7 for me was the worst.

      Hang in there, it will be worth it in the end!

    2. Hey guys!! I’m an 18 y/o girl (19 next month) and I had my tonsils removed on July 17th. I refused to get the surgery for months despite my tonsils being literal boulders ((my surgeon was impressed with their size)) and constant sinus infections because I saw my friend undergo the recovery last summer and didn’t think I could handle it. I visited her on her sixth recovery day and she was sobbing and hadn’t left her bed yet. I am here to tell you that this is not the case for everyone!!! If you’re getting them out soon, relax. It’s probably for the best. So here’s how it went for me, and I’m not sure if I’m an anomaly and I’m not suggesting anyone does what I did, but here it goes:

      Day 1: I was so shook the day of the surgery I didn’t say a word to my parents. The IV was actually the most painful part of the surgery for me, I knocked out pretty easily. When I woke up I was super out of it. My blood pressure spiked like crazy, they suspected this was from the pain, so they gave me meds and it lowered eventually. I left the hospital in like 40min after eating an ice pop and drinking some ice water. The first day was a piece of cake, I took my pain meds and even had some friends over bcs misery loves company, but I had no voice. I slept for maybe 4 hours before waking up in pain.

      Day 2: I felt minimal pain, I even had my mom get me BWW chicken wings which I later learned was a poor idea. I ate apple sauce and hard boiled eggs and tons of ice pops and could somewhat talk. I slept again maybe 4hrs.

      Day 3: HELL at first. I woke up throwing up and hating myself for those damn chicken wings. I took many meds and ended up feeling better. As the day progressed, I had some friends over to swim and went in the pool myself (only on a float). My reckless self actually went to a party that night because I was going stir crazy but I didn’t drink or smoke (despite unbelievable desire) bcs the pain was just that bad. I left early bcs I realized parties are kinda pointless when you’re sober and can’t talk. I wrote “I just got my tonsils out so I can’t talk” on my hand so I didn’t have to keep explaining, people got a kick out of that. I slept for 2hrs that entire day with no naps or anything bcs sleep just wasn’t worth the pain.

      Day 4: oh my god this day felt like I was in dante’s inferno and I wanted to actually die at times. I woke up relatively easily but was nauseous. I ate rice to help with that but started throwing up, and I now know that there is no worse food to throw up than rice. I hated every single grain that came up my throat and I will never look at rice the same way. I ate more after that so I could take my medication but ended up throwing that up too so I just gave up on eating and taking anything other than Tylenol, not even extra strength. I also got my period two weeks early which was my breaking point as I had chills, period cramps, nausea, unbelievable throat pain, and was spitting up mucus all at once. I have never felt that much pain before. it was another night of no sleep.

      Day 5: still in lots of pain, but probably a 7/10. I managed to go to the mall with my sister and a frozen raspberry lemonade from Cinnabon virtually saved my life (no straw though). I have found that walking has helped my recovery tremendously as it speeds up my blood flow. Also, I have been eating real food since day 2 which I also think helped not only my body but my throat in the recovery. I had some friends over that night and was able to hold an almost conversation if I whispered. I also went out that night to a friends house to watch movies and found that getting out of the house helped tremendously as long as I had gatorade on hand. I ate pancakes and eggs and muffins which all helped. yet ANOTHER night of no sleep, I now believe I may be going insane.

      Day 6: Today! I woke up with pain per usual but this quickly became bearable. I took a two hour nap which hurt afterwards but helped my body be okay w/ itself. I went out to a diner with my dad and had a malted milk shake and half an egg sandwich on a hard roll (I regret the hard roll but I’m living with it). I’m home now, and haven’t taken anything besides Tylenol in almost 24 hours which I find helps tremendously with my stomach and bowel movements. However, I’m going to a friend’s grad party tonight (the one that got her tonsils out last summer ironically) and I’m planning on taking my hydrocodone before I go so the pain is tolerable. I’m hoping to mix it with gatorade and jolly ranchers to make the taste bearable because the first time I took it I gagged uncontrollably and hyperventilated. I’ll let ya’ll know how that goes!!! I’m also terrified for day 7 but I’ve learned optimism is my best friend and the only way I’ll survive this.

      Moral of the story: it will suck, for what feels like an eternity, but you will survive. If you have a positive attitude and use ice packs on your neck it is completely bearable. I’m not sure of the status of my scabs because it hurts too much to open my mouth super wide but I’m thinking they’re disintegrating at this point. It doesn’t hurt too badly to swallow anymore and I have little to no ear pain and no jaw pain at all. Going into this I thought I would be a dead girl because all of these forums told me so; however, I am here to tell you that is not the case. You will be okay. I cannot wait for my tonsil-less life and my voice to not sound like I’m talking with marbles in my mouth anymore 🙂

  92. Will, you are on point!! I have questioned many times if this was worth it and I know that it better be. Of course, they say 1 out of 3-4 people get thrush which is a yeast infection in their mouth and of course I had to be the 1 out of those 3-4 so I had to go back and get medicine for that. Then on Day 4 I started having horrible fevers and so they had to put me on an antibiotic that is so strong that you have to eat with it or you’ll be sick. How are you supposed to eat with this surgery? Day 1-2/3 plays a real good trick on you thinking that it’s not going to be all that bad and then bam you feel like you’re dying. I wish anybody that has the surgery good luck it is absolutely horrible and that’s not a secret by no means and make sure you keep somebody with you at all times. What are the most important piece of advice is to take something from the beginning for the constipation!!!!

    1. Sorry to hear about your thrush issue. I was worried I was getting it at one point but didn’t seem to be the case with me. I hear you on the antibiotics though…2 of the ones they used to attempt to eradicate my strep in the previous months were like that too…definitely not fun and definitely not something I’d want to go through right after having this surgery.

  93. Just thought I’d throw out my experience so far for everyone. I’m a 37 year old male. Had my tonsils removed on July 5th and am currently on day 14 of my recovery. Never had tonsil or sore throat problems before this year, but then contracted a case of strep throat in December 2016 from one of my kids that I just could not shake. Went through 7 months of antibiotic treatments, ENT and doctor visits, etc, but would either not go away or would recur within 2-3 weeks after completing treatments. Tonsils never really swelled, but one side would always have stones and pus coming from it. ENT gave me the option for surgery after a couple of treatment attempts and finally went through with it.

    Day 1: The day of surgery was not that bad. My surgery was scheduled for first thing in the morning. I was really, really nervous (never had a surgery before), but it was a lot of worry about nothing to be honest. I did not feel anything during the procedure, they sedate you right after they bring you into the OR and I blacked out within 2 minutes of them starting the sedation (they let me know everything they were doing right before they did it). The next thing I remember I’m in the recovery room and the nurse is watching my vitals and telling me to breathe deeply as I’m coming out of the anesthetic. It’s a bit odd feeling coming out of that if you have never had an anesthetic before but wasn’t a big deal. Pain the first day was not too bad (I’d rate it about a 3/10). Everything is swollen and feels stiff. My uvula especially they were concerned with as it swelled considerably but they gave me a steroid and it helped to keep it under control. Sent me home with painkillers, anti-nausea meds (I don’t get nausea that easily so I only used these sparingly), and told me to take a stool softener due to the pain meds. I would highly recommend anyone that takes hydrocodone to take a stool softener immediately as I waited 2 days before starting it and I was not able to have a bowel movement until day 8 (the day after I stopped the hydrocodone) because of it slowing down my digestive system so much.

    Days 2-3: These two days gave me a real false sense of security. Pain was there (about 4-5/10), but was bearable with the meds and just taking it easy. Was able to eat pasta, eggs, soup, and mashed potatoes these days without much issue. Ice chips and popsicles were my best friends and felt awesome on my throat during these 2 days especially. I couldn’t really drink too much but just sucking on ice chips constantly felt good and kept me hydrated. Sleeping is one of the worst times but during these days I couldn’t really sleep more than about 2 hours at a time and needed to keep taking the pain meds every 4 hours so.

    Days 4-7: Parts of my scabs began to come off on day 4 and the pain skyrocketed as this started (I would say a constant 7/10 and 9/10 at certain times during these days, especially waking up after sleeping for more than about 2 hours). During these days I really started to question whether the surgery was worth it or not as it was just god awful. Pain radiated into my ears, through my neck,and into my jaw. Finally figured out about day 5 that eating ice chips was actually making my throat hurt worse at this point. It actually felt better to drink room temperature water than anything too cold or hot on these days. Could barely eat or drink anything but forced myself as much as I could. Could only eat broths and popsicles. On day 7 I actually did not eat any food as I felt so terrible both from the hydrocodone on my digestive system and my throat from the surgery. The only calories I was able to get were from sports drinks I had stocked up on. These 4 days were the absolute worst pain I have ever felt.

    Days 8-10: Day 8 finally started to see a turn around. At this point about 60% of my scabbing was gone. I joked with my wife that it looked like marblized meat in the back of my throat. I hadn’t had any bleeding throughout the whole process except for an occasional pin prick of blood I would see near my scabs as they would disappear, but they would be gone within 1 day whenever I saw this (I was lucky in that respect). I was finally able to have a bowel movement on the morning of the 8th day which finally relieved a lot of my stomach discomfort. As day 8 started the level of pain was down to about an 8/10 and by the end of the day was about a 6/10. Day 9 was significantly better. Pain was still about a 7/10 when I initially woke up but dropped down to about a 4/10 after the first hour. Day 10 was about the same as day 9. Noticed my neck felt raw and my muscles in my neck would slightly spasm occasionally, but if I just laid down when this started to feel uncomfortable, it would relieve it quite a bit. By day 9 I was only taking tylenol for pain and had completely stopped the hydrocodone. Entire body felt extremely worn out…like I had been working out constantly for the previous 8 days. Was finally able to start eating some more solid foods again like tuna salad, pasta, eggs, and mashed potatoes again these days.

    Days 10+: Each day after day 10 felt better than the day before. Scabs are about 90% gone at this point. Getting more energy back each day, able to eat most normal foods except for extremely spicy foods or crunchy foods (like chips). Neither one seems to cause a problem, but just uncomfortable. Feels just like a mild sore throat at times these days…nothing hurting worse than you would get with a cold. Throat still aches a bit at times but that bad. Significant turn around after day 10.

    My biggest advice to everyone is to just hang in there as you will have about 5 or so terrible days as your scabs start to come off (for me it started at day 4) and at this time you will really get worried that something is wrong, always looking for the next dose of pain meds, and questioning why you even had the surgery with all the pain you are going through. Just really push yourself to get through these couple of days as there is a light at the end of the tunnel and it does get better.

    1. Hi Everyone it’s 1 am and here I am still afraid to fall asleep on day 8 still on a one hour timer before I take aspirin. Realized what works best for me is having soluble aspirin in my water pack and sipping water every hour. The pain is part of the process however what makes it bearable is reduces inflammation. And for those that are having difficulty swallowing ask your doctor for diclofenac suppository which may be easier that swallowing but works just as well. Good luck everybody never have I seen pain that joins a band of brothers

    2. I had my surgery on Monday, 7/24/17, and I’m struggling. I haven’t been able to eat at all – I’ve had a couple applesauces, popsicles, tried mashed potatoes and mac n cheese but to no avail. My uvula is still so swollen it makes drinking water unbearable. I’m hoping this week things start to turn around. It’s like you need 3 weeks of recovery because you need a recovery from the recovery! From reading your entry it seems like there is light at the end of the tunnel!

      1. I’m at about 1 month at this point (August 4th)…still have aching in my throat and jaw at times when I talk a lot. It did take about 2 1/2 weeks before I felt pretty back to normal, although not 100%. And my uvula did take about 3 weeks to return to normal size (although not near as swollen after the two weeks). Usually feel pretty good at the beginning of each day and throat will look pretty good, but aches a bit and gets a bit red in some of the spots still healing by the end of each day after I get home from work and have been talking to co-workers and stuff throughout the day. It does take some time, but definitely is pretty bad that first 10 days or so.

  94. Hi!! My name is Linda and I live in Arkansas. I ran across this thread as I was searching tonight for what to expect for the surgery coming up in a couple of hours for my 15 year old son. I haven’t slept a wink, I’m so nervous for him. He has never had a surgery before. Although he seems to be fine with it, I so dread the recovery for him. Im getting out my humidifier before we leave this morning and plan to put my husband in my sons bed for a few days so that I can keep a close eye on him. Luckily, we are out of school for a few more weeks and he will have time to heal. So glad I ran across this. Very good pointers. Good luck to you all in your recovery process.

  95. I had my tonsillectomy on 7/7/17 I’m finally starting to feel better but my question is when can I start picking my son up? My discharge papers said nothing over 5lbs.

  96. This blog is a godsend. It’s real and honest, but offers helpful and practical tips to get through recovery. It’s not a place where people come to whine and offer horror stories that get others all worked up. I really appreciate that and wish I found this before my surgery.
    I’m on day 7 of recovery if you count day 1 as surgery day. It’s true what everyone says about the honeymoon phase making you think it’s not that bad. However, that can change quickly, and for me – it did.
    I’ve had throat pain, restless nights, and episodes of vomiting, but last night was terrible – the burning was unbearable every time I swallowed, and I couldn’t stop coughing! I think there were loose scabs making my throat itchy and irritated. This morning as I got into the shower, I tried to spit out some mucous and “dug a bit too deep” for it. I ripped off a scab and was bleeding a lot. BUT! Because I had read this blog last night (while crying on the couch…) I knew to grab an ice pack for my throat and to hold ice chips in my mouth. It helped the bleeding to stop pretty quickly.
    While I do have a high pain tolerance and have been using the pain meds sparingly, they really do come in handy when the pain is too much to sleep. Ice packs on my neck have been amazing all around, and the ice chips and hydration are noticeably as important as everyone says. Drink water constantly !
    In addition to mouth hygiene, I would like to put my two cents in for simply showering. Just about every day, I have woken up in pain but have moved to the shower. I plan on 20-25 of a hot shower with a cup of ice cold water. The humidity is great for my throat, the cold water helps soothe any pain, and the warm water on my skin helps the aches from laying around and sleeping upright. Personally, I don’t like baths and I prefer the water hitting my skin in a shower. Yes, I sit in there which some people may think is gross, but I clean my tub regularly and think it’s worth how much better I feel after a nice hot shower! 🙂

    Thanks to the maker of this blog an those who have contributed. We got this!!!

    1. I a 54 years old and had my tonsils out on July 7th. I am about 8 or 9 days out. Unlike you, I have a low pain tolerance but I could not take strong pain medications due to averse reactions with herbal supplements I am taking for menopause. Unfortunately only after having a very bad episode of hallucinations did I realize what was going on. I feel that I am starting the downside to the pain issues and things will get better this week.
      The one thing I really wanted to comment on was the need to use an ice pack. While getting an IV infusion of Morphine the nurse in the emergency room asked me if I had been using an ice pack on my throat and I said no …. or rather my husband told her no since I was not capable of speaking due the level of pain I was in. She said that I needed to start this right away and keep ice on it as much as possible. I knew about eating ice and other cold items, but I did not realize that an ice pack on the outside would make any difference.
      For me the ice packs have worked wonders. Keeping ice on my throat has enable me to rest better and get energy. It has also helped cool my throat down enough to get more fluids down. I am now able to eat egg drop soup as well as jello, pudding and sherbet.
      I will comment however that night time and in the morning, as others have mentioned, were the very worst times due to the lack of movement. I slept with the ice packs in place. Woke up each 3 or so hours to change out, but the alternative was endless pain since I can’t tolerate pain medications.

      Besides menopause, and weight issues, I don’t have bad health. My throat is still very…. VERY sore and I can’t do much talking. If things continue upbeat with the continued use of ice packs, I plan to rest this coming week and go back to work next week.

    2. Shortly after posting this, I was rushed to the ER for profuse bleeding from my surgery site. I had had a coughing fit in my sleep due to a chest cold that I developed, and I tried so hard to suppress it. It had been bleeding behind a clot all morning without my knowledge. I was admitted for the night to keep an eye on the clot that had reformed, and if it started again I would need emergency surgery.
      I do want to say though that if you experience that kind of bleeding, it is super scary but stay calm and get to the ER! I ended up not needing surgery and am on mucinex to help with the cough.
      I was told that a readmittance for the same issue (bleeding during recovery) is EXTREMELY rare once it has cleared up and patients are approved to go home.

      1. I’m 14 and recently got my tonsils taken out. Last Wednesday in fact. Day two my left side started bleeding ALOT and I was vomiting blood. I was rushed to the ER and sent back home after the bleeding subsided. I just got my left side re-done yesterday. I recommend if it even has the slightest bleed to get it re-done! It’s going to take an estimate of 24 days to recover now with both of my sides being on different surgery days. Best of luck!

  97. I’m on day 12 after surgery and I’m still in pain.
    When does this end? Pain meds are out, but it’s more of a burning/stinging than a pain. Everything burns, water, soft foods,etc. any recommendations?

  98. I am 27 yo female. I had my tonsillectomy yesterday. To be honest, the worst part was the few days leading up to it because I was so nervous from reading negavitve experiences. After I woke up, my pain never reached above a 3. It was only 3 when I first came to. It stayed at a 1 all day. I was able to eat jello, chicken noddle soup, applesauce, three popsicles, and some creamed spinach. I also made a HEAVENLY drink after I drank about 64 oz of water. I mixed coconut water, apple juice, and aloe Vera. I am also adding in powered form of complete amino acids. These are the building blocks of protein that will help your tissues grow. I take them regularly after a hard workout or if I have cuts or cold sores. I figured they would be good for a tonsillectomy as well! It helps to take these in conjunction with vitamin c, which I get from the coconut water, to encourage collagen growth.

    I set an alarm every 4 hours to take my Percocet. The doc prescribed me anti nausea medicine which I haven’t needed yet since I will eat applesauce with my pill. I also got steroids which help the swelling, try asking for those! They also give me energy which had me up and about and idk if that’s such a good thing. I figured as long as I do rest most of the day, it’s good to also keep moving periodically. Your body needs your blood flowing to heal. He also gave me stool softener which I will take if I get constipated over the next few days from the pain medicine. As much liquid as I’m taking in (almost 100 oz a day) and the fibrous applesauce I shouldn’t have an issue. He also gave me a viscous lidocaine I can gargle before I eat to ease the pain.

    Like I said, this is only day one but I am so optimistic that my recovery will not be too horrible. compared to what I was expecting, this is easy peasy. Let’s just hope I’m not putting my foot in my mouth on day three.

    I am drinking constantly and have a humidifier blowing straight on my to keep my throat moist. Someone said as long as you keep it moist the scabs will just dissolve and it won’t feel like it’s tearing. Also be consistent with the pain medicine. I have an alarm set every 4 hours. So far, when I sleep, I haven’t needed the alarm bc my throat has been waking me up almost exactly 10 minutes before. Also, no talking!! Let yourself heal and don’t push it. I blabbed a little yesterday and immediately realized I needed to shut up. My boyfriend is going to have a nice quiet week, but a lot of text messages!

  99. My tonsillectomy story – not that bad, but tough at times.

    Surgery Day: woke up after my surgery and ate a cheese sandwich and drank lots of water whilst at hospital. I tried a cup of tea, but I felt sick from anaesthetic and had to quickly ask for anti sickness tablet which nurse gave me straight away. Had to take some deep breaths and fight off being sick for about 30mins. Luckily I managed to get through it and wasn’t sick. Throat was sore 5/10 and built to about 7/10 until I took paracetamol and 1 x codeine just before leaving the ward to go home about 5hrs after surgery. Came home and ate a cadburys chocolate mini roll, lots more water. Tried an ice lolly but made throat sting. Surgeon advised eating normally as quickly as possible to speed up recovery (his exact words were “you must eat through the pain”) so I braved some oven cooked boneless chicken thighs (wrapped in foil during cooking to keep it moist), mashed potato and peas with gravy. Ate quite a lot and just powered through the pain of swallowing (5/10). I was keen to follow his very clear advice of keeping to normal diet despite the pain alongside drinking water regularly.

    Slept a lot on sofa and then went to bed with a humidifier on full (this seemed to really help). Woke up at 4am (pain back to 7/10 ish), took some more pain killers (paracetamol
    & ibuprofen) and went back to sleep.


    Day 1: woke up at 8am ish (after a good 9hrs sleep). Pain was a 4/10 when swallowing. Had some bran flakes with nutty cereal on top with milk and water. 10:30 ish took paracetamol and ibuprofen which took pain down to a 3/10 when swallowing. 1/10 when not swallowing. Ate a biscuit and slightly warm cup of tea at 11:00 which was fine. Had some coarse chicken soup (expensive brand stuff with chunks etc) with ciabatta bread, washed down with water. Pain was 3/10 when swallowing. In evening I had some chicken pasta with cheese. Swallowing was 5/10. No codeine required on day 2 and it was an absolute breeze really.

    Day 2: woke up in a lot of pain in middle of night, took some codeine went back to sleep. In the morning (07:00ish) I woke up with 8-9/10 ish pain whilst swallowing. Found it very hard to even drink water & was close to tears on a couple of swallows. Had to get my wife to crush up some paracetamol and dissolve into water for drinking to get some pain meds in me. Bad Ear pain was also present. Forced 2 codeine tabs down as well (more about this later). This was the most painful point so far and I couldn’t imagine it getting much worse, so hoped it wouldn’t! I remember thinking eating was going to be a real challenge on day 2 and I was not sure I would be able to if pain stayed as it was. Sat in bed for 45mins waiting for pain meds to bring my score down to below a 5, which they did. Managed to get up and eat some breakfast cereal & cup of tea at about 08:00 pain about 4/10. Then was totally out of it (slept like a baby on sofa) due to Codeine effects until about 12:30.
    Took another 2 crushed paracetamol with water to take edge off of pain again as meds had started to wear off. When down to 3/10 I ate some beans & poached eggs on toast followed by a bottle of Mars Milk. After this my throats felt best it had all day 1/10 pain. Took ibuprofen at 16:00 ish and had a donut and cup of tea at 17:00. Evening meal (after more paracetamol) was diced lamb with roasted potatoes, peppers, onions & mushrooms.
    Pain at times this day was bad (morning by far the worst), but not unbearable or anything I couldn’t cope with. I was learning fast that pain meds timing/planning is essential!

    Day 3: Took 2 x codeine before sleep 22:30 ish. Woke up at 03:00 and took 2 x ibuprofen. Woke up at 07:00 ish and pain was 5/10. Took 2 x paracetamol and then had breakfast, cereal and toast at 08:00. Pain was only 2/10. Throat seems much less swollen today and I even managed an espresso coffee for the first time. Another day of rest on the sofa with regular food, water and chewing gum planned. 12:30 ate some more beans on toast with poached eggs for protein. Evening ate some creamy chicken pasta. Pain on day 4 was very manageable with rotation of ibuprofen and paracetamol.

    Day 4: pain back with a vengeance during the night. Two doses of codeine and one ibuprofen haven’t really touched it. 8/10 again when swallowing. Paracetamol crushed in water when I woke up. Certainly it’s the night time when you’re not swallowing and drinking as much when the pain comes and screws you over. I’ve still slept well however as the codeine seems to knock me unconscious for a good 4hrs after taking it. My only fear now is running out of codeine before things improve significantly when sleeping. Paracetamol on board I brace the morning breakfast routine once again in the hope it will scrape away some of the dead white tissue scabs that line my throat making it smell and look like something from an alien movie. Pretty naff day drifting in and out of consciousness due to meds. Ate leftover pasta from last night for lunch. Chicken, potatoes and peas for dinner. Pain 5/10 at times, but since this morning mainly 3/10. Almost time for bed, oh no, not bedtime! I now have to dread waking up in the night and tomorrow morning once again! I tell myself it’s nothing we can’t handle ‘again’, take 2 x codeine and settle in for the night!

    Day 5: Day 4 repeated, there seems no end in sight. When I drank water this morning it felt like I had been stabbed in the throat by a light sabre! Left side (which was my biggest tonsil) is the one that hurts. Right side is feeling fine. Pain meds down and get ready for another day of powering through with the hope tomorrow might bring some better news… On a separate note, I think the scabs are now starting to recede slightly. The hole on the left side is v deep so this is obviously going to take much longer to repair/recover.

    Day 6: The worst day so far by a mile! Without meds 9/10 pain when swallowing. Took more painkillers than I can remember. Had to contact doctors for a repeat prescription of codeine as I nearly ran out. Scabs are falling off leaving bare flesh and holes through to what feels like the nerve endings. Eating was a real struggle without having crushed paracetamol drink 20 mins before. Even water shook me to my bones at times. Pain in ears and teeth.

    Day 7: firstly during the night I took more pain killers in an 8hr period than I have since operation! The pain quite simply actually bought tears to my eyes (10/10) at times when swallowing. Shooting pain up through both ears was simply horrible, but I survived of course. When I woke up my wife asked how I felt and I said I think about 1% better than I did yesterday. She said “that’s positive then”. Which was true because this is the first day I had actually felt slightly better than the previous day in the morning. Having said that I was unable to eat breakfast other than a few mouthfuls of cereal as even my trusty paracetamol crush drink didn’t help enough. I drank a cup of tea and then as the weather was looking great I went outside and chilled on my hanging chair in the garden for the day. As the day has gone by I have drank plenty of fluids, water, tea, coffee, ate lunch and dinner and my throat seems to have improved a lot (I think). The scabs are now getting much smaller and wearing off/thinner and I’ve only had to take pain killers when wanting to eat something. Hope I’m not wrong but it feels like the tide is finally starting to turn and I might be getting some good improvements! I guess tonight/tomorrow morning will be the true test! 🙂

    Day 8: For the first time since the operation I managed through the night with only 1 top up of pain killers. Pain at worst 6/10 a good improvement on previous nights. Managed to eat all my breakfast this morning and had an espresso coffee again. Paracetamol this morning has taken pain down to 1/10 when swallowing and I’m starting to feel human again. Hoping that this is now the start of significant improvement and recovery back to normal. Throat looks a lot less angry and on its way to healing. Rest of the day I did require paracetamol and ibuprofen rotation, but much longer between them. At bedtime I decided not to take any codeine and to see how I got on during the night.

    Day 9: No Codeine required on day 9, just onto a rotation of paracetamol and ibuprofen every 6 hours. Pain almost gone when swallowing and eating is now getting pretty easy. Throat feels so much better and scabs are almost gone. Off to the supermarket later to get a few more things and have a journey out of the house for the first time since the operation. Looking to go back to work later this week.

    What did I learn/best advice:

    1. Painkillers are your best friend. Don’t be shy and take them regularly. Crushing up paracetamol tablets in water and drinking this 10mins before you eat really helps.

    2. Rest completely, don’t plan to do anything for at least 8 days.

    3. Sleep is your second best friend and worst enemy (as your throats will dry out). I would suggest setting a timer and taking pain meds during the night regularly rather than just waking up as I did and then having to take them. I however valued solid blocks of sleeping over being severe pain free. I just gutted out the really painful points waiting for pain meds to kick in.

    4. Trust in the advice to eat normally and eat through the pain. Don’t let your mind start thinking your throat is infected etc. It isn’t it just gets more painful as the days go on.

    5. Drink water, drink more water, drink again!

    6. Purchase a humidifier for the evenings while you sleep.

    7. Avoid eating anything acidic, e.g. tomato based sauces, citrus fruits. Avoid also sticky things like chocolate that sticks to throat & needs washing away.

    8. Luke warm drinks tea etc can help sooth throat after day 3 when swelling has gone down.

    9. Eating dairy products didn’t cause lots of mucus like some people say.

    All in all, it’s been tough at times, particularly in the morning and night, but I’ve got through it. Have to be willing to tough it out, take plenty of pain killers until you rattle, complete rest, eat through the pain as much as you can as regularly as you can & drink lots of water and you will get through it too!

    Good luck with your tonsillectomy, follow the advice of your surgeon, be prepared and you’ll get through.

  100. I did a huge post and in my oramorph state… I deleted it and weeped ha!
    So I’m imo… I had my tonsillectomy on the 4th of July. I literally had 2 years of constant tonsillitis and as a child it would only take someone to look at me with a cough or cold and I would have it.
    I’m on day 4 and I can’t really decide if I’m feeling better- the Pain is terrible and after having an emergency c section in 2015 I actually thought this would be easier-I was wrong lol
    eating is just agony so I’m sticking with ice pops, very cold water and soft food.
    I guess I’m posting for support? I’m signed off for two weeks but being a receptionist… I am worried I’ll need more time? Anyone else got any insight?

  101. So Im finally through the first week and I just got back from the hospital! So after I had been consipated and throwing up I HAD to do an enema on like day four and that was awful and didn’t work so I also have to take miralax. I was sick through day four and then on out but I had gotten in under control but when I started throwing up again monday I tore a scab off and started bleeding every where and the docs said the liquid was making it worse because my stomach couldnt handle any more liquids because they weren’t going anywhere so I was throwing up all of my liquids I was bleeding so I had to go to the hospital where I was still throwing up in the waiting room. They finally got me back and thank the lord I was the only one there at 4:00 am! They had to get the entire staff in there to try and get an IV in me bc I was so dehydrated and they couldn’t get a good vein because they would either collapse, blow, or be too small. They thought that they had one and they started to draw blood but then it wuit flowing and my blood was clottes anyways. It took an hour to get a good IV in and it went in my armpit!!! Then they got two liters of fluid in me within an hour, gave me morphine twice and did bloodwork. It was terrible. But I’ve been home since and they increased my pain med intake so that helped but not with the constipation, I still havent went since that visit again. I don’t know what to do because Im taking stool softeners, miralax, AND fiber. My throat feels so much better just from being dehydrated though so if you’re not at least drinking 8+ glasses a day then that could be contributing to why. I know it hurts to drink but it allowed me to sleep at night so I didnt wake up with gook in the back of my throat. And same wirh food. Your body needs nutrients to heal so you have to eat and do not take your pain meds on an empty stomach or you’ll pay the price. My humidifier is my lifesaver and I think that that’s why my scabs dont hurt nearly as bad when they peel off now because they’re moist and hydrated, not dried out and stuck. Fruit juices sting my throat still but coconut water is great and it’s apprently really good for recovery. Essential oils are great too; peppermint for nausea, cypress, marjoram and frankenscense for healing and pain relief and lavender aromatherapy for soothing and sleeping. Keep your fluids up though because I was urinating all day and my urine was close to clear and all of the sudden I wake up, throw up all my liquids and become dehydrated again so stay on top of it and eat even when it hurts! Bending your chin down towards your chest when your swallowing helps for some reason.

  102. I’m on day 6 post op and I’m actually living a nightmare. I’m 19 years old and my surgery went well. They easily removed the right, but the left the surgeon said was very scarred and had embedded itself tightly in the wall of my throat. I woke up after surgery instantly in pain. This led to the nurses giving me high doses of pain killers that lasted me the rest of the day. Day 1 and 2 really wernt that bad. I was taking pain killers ever 3 hours, even throughout the night and could eat. Day 3, the pain really started to kick in and that’s when I started taking oxycodone, which would help, but put me to sleep for almost the entire day. Day 4, the oxycodone had made my stomach so sensitive that I was up all night throwing up and throughout the morning. Throwing up was actually the most painful thing, I cried the entire time and now refuse to take oxycodone, in fear of throwing up. I couldn’t sleep at all last night. I took a sleep pill last night, hoping it would help at all, but I have been awake since 2am and have just sat there in excruciating pain. I really need help! I heard the humidifier helps, but what else? I haven’t slept throughout a night since before my surgery and my poor family is exhausted. I have SO much spit and I don’t know if this is a good or bad thing. My jaw is always clenched and cramping from pain, I haven’t pooped since my surgery and have this DISGUSTING taste constantly at the back of my throat. Whenever I look in the mirror it honestly looks worse to me. When will this end?! I am in such pain!

  103. Oh my gosh is there nothing to speed this up??? I’m an 18 year old female who just had a tonsillectomy and I didn’t think it would be this horrible!!! So I had them taken out June 27, 2017 because I had recurring tonsil stones which would get impacted and cause other problems. Today is July 3rd and my pain is even worse. (Btw the doc prescribed me oxy’s w/ tylenol to take) I’ve been taking my meds every four hours. So the first few days were very tolerable, I was even eating solid foods cut up into tiny pieces like shrimp and chicken. So the fourth day rolls around and that’s when I started to cough up some pieces of my scabs. I could no longer eat my solid foods, and it was back to jello and popsicles. Then, later that day, I began vomitting out of no where. And I hadn’t pooped since my surgery because all of the pain meds were clogging me up but if I didn’t take the pain meds then it was excruciating pain. We figured out that the vomitting was from me eating yet the food not coming out anywhere, so my body naturally tried to make it come out the other way. The vomitting perisisted all day and night and the next day. I used an enema and that didn’t work (NOT TO MENTION HOW UNCOMFORTABLE IT IS). I took miralax and finally could go to the bathroom but my stomach paid for it, it hurt so badly. Im on day six now and my throat it stinging, I cannot swallow, and Im starving but yet have no taste for anything. This has been the worst experience ever. I feel like I have swallowed razor blades. Get a humidifier FOR SURE. It did wonders for me. Ice helps a lot if you feel really swollen

    1. I had mine out the same day and thought the same thing. Today is July 5th an I have a double ear ache and am in the worst pain of my life! Also I feel like there is something sharp in my throats like a needle on the right side and the left side feels pressured and closed.

  104. Hi everyone-
    i’m a 19 y/o girl and on day 6 T&A post Op and I just want to say this website was so helpful.
    I had my surgery in the early morning and it was so quick and painless especially because of the general anesthesia. The surgery is the easiest and least painful part… It’s what comes after is the worst.
    The rest of that day was nearly painless besides for a scratchy throat. I ate slushies and ice cream and everything was fine. Then came the night. Nights are the worst because you want to sleep but cannot and you need pain meds constantly.
    Thank god I had my mom or else I would’ve just laid there and died. I had a really rough time swallowing and the pain in my ears is horrible. I recommend children’s liquid tylenol, just ask the pharmacist how much an adult dose is- for me it was 20 mL. it’s much easier on your stomach and doesn’t taste as bad. MAKE SURE TO EAT AFTER MEDICATION!!!!!!!!!!! i had to take amoxicillin twice a day and tylenol with codeine every 6 hours and those made me vomit for 2 days straight. Throwing up is horrible. Make sure to eat even if you feel like you can’t. I couldn’t get down dairy bc it would coat my throat and I was already producing so much spit and mucous. MAKE SURE TO SPIT!!! Do not swallow. Swallowing will cause you to throw up as well. Ice chips are amazing, and mashed potatoes are wonders. Jello is also tolerable. Once i hit day 5 I could have these Chobani yogurt drinks.. I don’t know why but they were amazing. No coating of my throat and 15g of protein. The ear pain is horrible. But from the looks of the other commenters I will make it 🙂 I cried to my mom on days 4-6 because the pain was just that unbearable. I wish I could just pass out and not feel any pain. I can’t even open my jaw because it’s that sore. Please please drink water and eat when you don’t feel nauseous even if you don’t want to/aren’t hungry. Ice packs work wonders. So does children’s tylenol. I wish everyone else good luck 🙂 i haven’t brushed my teeth in 6 days and I feel like a monster 🙂 but we will all make it. If this is the worst pain i will ever feel in my entire life then I’m set for the rest!

  105. Hey everyone I’m on day 17 post op and I’m still in a great deal of pain ibprophen isn’t helping and I am already done with my second bottle of liquid pain meds. I’m tired all the time right now and feel miserable is this normal? Any advice would be great. And my scabs haven’t fallen off yet.

  106. Hi I’m 17 going to be 18 on the 3rd of July. I went into this tonsillectomy very unprepared. Mine was June 20, 2017. My friend had her about a month ago and by day 7 she was perfectly fine and eating normal again so I listened to get advice. Well I’m not on day 7 and I can’t eat anything or drink anything. I’m forcing myself to drink water and I have an appetite; however, as soon as I try to swallow it’s nothing but pain. My ENT said it wouldn’t be this bad and when I called my nurse she told me the next 3 days were going to get much worse. This blog is amazing. Not everything works for me but I’m not sure what I would have done if I hadn’t run across it!

    1. Ibuprofen. . Water in a spray bottle. . Sleep.
      I swear by it. Even at 28th day right now. Doc checkd me and all good but my mouth roof has fallen so uvula touches tongue. Annoying. But then my tonsils were humungus little flickers. Rest as much and spray your mouth even if u cannot swallow. U need to stay hydrated. Um m m . . No pain no gain??!! Ok maybe not right now but it will b fine. Even at a month gone my doc said it will tk ages to properly settle to a norm. Case of wait. All the best . LISA

      1. you just spray your mouth with water? do you think my 3 yr old would like this, he isnt drinking much

    2. Hi Briana, firstly – HAPPY BIRTHDAY! I am sure that you know after reading posts in this forum, that everyone responds differently. My worst days were days 5, 6 & 7. Excruciatingly brutal, I couldnt swallow water until day 10, but I constantly sucked on ice chips. Dont measure your recovery by anyone elses standards. Our forum host, Greg, has acculated a wealth of expert knowledge-based resources. Just go to the top of this page and click on the drop down menu. Keep hydrated, ice wrap around neck, take pain meds when you need them. My ENT had me setting an alarm so I didnt miss dose of pain meds. You cant let the pain get away from you. Sleep as much as you can. Stay in touch! Jan

  107. My doctor told me he was going to do a tonsillectomy and adnoidectomy. He also said he was going to shorten my uvula. I now have no uvula. Not sure why. I am completely recovered but I have a strange feeling every time I drink and soda products. It closes off my throat a little. It’s like my tissue swells. Has anyone else have this sensation?

  108. I’m so glad people are sharing! I’m a 20-year-old female and I had my tonsils and adenoids taken out a week ago. I just want to say this is the worst pain I’ve ever had after any surgery. Aside from that, I’m on day 6 of post-op and it has been a better day considered to days 2-5. My tonsils were HUGE and I’m glad they’re gone!
    My surgery was on a Thursday, (6-15-17) and I slept a lot, took my pain meds, & ate jell-o. That Saturday I woke up in pain & I started caughing up & throwing up blood. (Gross I know.) I called the surgeon & he said to gargle with ice water & eat ice chips. This helped.
    Recently I’ve been caughing a lot when I can’t control it and I cough up small/huge amounts of white chunks. For my sake I’d like to say they’re scabs. (This started on day 4).
    At night my throat seems to be okay besides being dry. Ice packs have been a dream to my face!
    I really hope the pain subsides because sometimes it’s a 12/10. If anyone has had similar issues or recommendations, PLEASE LET ME KNOW! 😊

    1. Hi I had mine out a day before you and have been in some pain…first three days were controllable with paracetamol and ibuprofen then I had to start taking codeine. I was unable to eat or hardly drink as it hurt so bad I cried alot. I went to see my GP yesturday to ask for something stronger turns out I have an infection hense why the pain is worse he’s given me liquid form of antibiotics they taste vile but since taking them yesterday and allowing them to kick in ive woken up abit better and today ive been drinking more and managed to eat a little bit of mac n cheese and some chicken noodles. Hopefully now ive got the right meds I can finally get better….hope you get sorted and I wish you all the best in your recovery

  109. Wow. V interesting read. V helpful too. I am
    Lisa fron West Sussex. Uk.
    I am 42. Staterd smoking aged 11!. I know. And Only gave up Two year ago. So pleased. Howevr I had v bad bronchitis whicj helpd me stop. After that i had recurring tonsillitis. I use a vape pen as i needed a tool to cope. I had throat issues every othr week . I have a hard growth on side of neck but not skin. It is where tonsil is. Had tonsillectomy three week ago. Lump still palpable. I blood clotted on third day after op. Hole visible where tonsil on my left was removed. Is patchingup ok. Today at third week frm surgery i ate solid food. I only drink watrr now. Nothing else. Readybrek. Rice is still iffy. Still feels like stuck in throat. Still gagging but no more pain meds. When will throat feel ‘norm’?? Still under investigatin to neck lump. Had ct on monday. Today is hot hot hot. Lots water but breathing still dries me out. I need to breath! Gosh.
    Learning to swallow again. Also i have sinus issues. So pain when i sneeze. Nasty.

  110. Hi guys! I felt the need to post on this site because I want to offer HOPE to people going through a tonsillectomy. I am a 21 year old female. I used to get strept a lot as a kid. My right tonsil has been swollen for the last year and a half and I was diagnosed with Chronic Tonsilitis last August. I also had an ulcer on my right tonsil. I got bacteria infection a lot as well. I got my tonsils removed last Wednesday, June 14th. They told me after surgery that my pain level would be a 12/10 for the first few hours but I never went through that. Ever. Wednesday- Friday I had a pain of about 2-3/10. I mainly only expierenced it when I swallowed. I drank lots of apple juice, Gatorade (Gatorade helps the nauseousness because of the electrolytes), pudding, and jello. I used a humidifier too which made a huge difference when I fell asleep (I really recommend). The time I didn’t use it, I woke up with a dry throat and that was no fun. The most ANNOYING thing was definitely how sticky my saliva got (I know, gross). But when I had something with a lot of sugar in it I kept a paper towel near and literally had to spit saliva out of my mouth because I didn’t want to swallow it 😂Lol. Saturday was the worst. My pain was at a 3-4 but I also had an earache and a headache as well. On Sunday my pain went back down to a 2-3. I had rice and it was kind of hard to swallow but it made my throats feel really good after. Today, Monday, I am at a 1. When I swallow I can barely tell my tonsils aren’t there. I think my scabs fell off yesterday and today because every once in a while I felt a slight pinch on my throat. I was so afraid going into the tonsillectomy because of everything I had read online. I think I have a high pain threshold, but I have also had strept that was more painful than this. I understand everyone is different but I just wanted to put some positivity out there. It was not as bad as I thought and I would do it again if you asked me. I had the mindset that it was just going to be two weeks of pain and then a lifetime of freedom 😉 (for the most part). I think that helped. I also reminded myself that there was a chance I could come out with an amazing singing voice and there’s a chance I wouldn’t snore as much either.

    1. I had mine out the same day and am currently day 6 post op…i am hitting my worst pain I cant eat anything and drinking can also hurt. My throat feels like i want to spit all the while which is horrible and earache has taken its peak Ouch!…..i cant open my mouth so I cant check to see what my throat looks like..I don’t know if scabs are starting to fall off? Really hope tomorrow and the next few days settle down… all I want to do is drink properly and in great volume as im so thirsty 🙁 but without feeling like the sips im taking at the moment are going down open holes yuck! Good luck to everyone going through this I take my hat off to each and every one of you and wish you all a speedy recovery to.

  111. I’m an 18 yr old female who had a T&A and am on day 9. It was very tough around days 4-7ish. Night time seemed the most brutal and are still a bit tough (ice pack is great for nights). I tried to drink as much water as possible made sure to eat all throughout recovery. I did run into nausea, but nausea meds were a blessing. But now, I can eat most regular solid foods! I’ve eaten sandwiches, spaghetti (with ranch to dull the acidity), garlic toast, and a burger today (was a bit tough honestly!). I didnt lose any weight, which I was great full because I hardly weigh over 100ibs. At the beginning, I ate popsicles, cream of wheat, chicken noodle soup, some apple sauce (kinda burned), mac&cheese and microwave pancakes. I stopped taking my oxy about the 3rd day because oxy and vicodin make me very ill. To help with constipation, I used miralax and teaspoons of coconut oil (can soothe your throat too). I thought I was gonna die for a while, but to anyone who is scared, you’ll make it through this hell. Day 8, I cut down on Tylenol and ibuprofen.
    Ive had surgery on my spine, but think this surgery was a whole different, veryy tough pain, but you heal MUCH quicker, thank goodness.
    Y’all are fighters and will get through this!

  112. TLDR: overall good experience, didn’t need to take any pain killers, listened to my body and some of my tips/advice

    Hi there! I would like to share an overall positive experience because it seems that either few people go through them, or those that do are reluctant to post??? Anyway, I hope this will be helpful, because I too was constantly second-guessing the procedure after reading horror stories about it online.

    Background: I am a 20-year-old female. As a kid, I constantly got tonsillitis, strep throat, etc., but these seemed to decrease in both frequency and severity during adolescence…that is until I got quinsy a couple years back. I also got occasional tonsil stones that were super irritating and gross. In the last 10 years, 90% of my ailments have been sore throats. I didn’t get enough sleep? Sore throat. I got too cold? Sore throat. I got too hot? Sore throat. I didn’t eat enough? Sore throat. I ate too much? Sore throat. After asking around, I realized it wasn’t normal to get sick 5-10x a year.

    Surgery: For me, everything went according to plan, except for two things: 1) my veins were apparently too hard, so they had to poke my arm three times to get an IV going and 2) it was my first time going under general anesthesia, so I was anxious and couldn’t sleep for a week beforehand!

    Post-Op: They gave me popsicles, water and apple juice in the hospital while they monitored me for a few hours before sending me home. It didn’t hurt to eat/drink, but it felt weird because everything was beginning to swell. I was home by ~6PM and I drank ice water/ate right away. I had fruit popsicles, mashed sweet potato/soft fish and some mangoes. I didn’t take any pain killers because the pain was minimal. Also, I still felt loopy from the general and the drugs were hitting me in waves. I was fine one minute and felt stoned the next (same effect from marijuana, except the “high” was all physical). Before bed, I decided to take the prescribed Percocet just in case things got bad overnight and boy was that a mistake. I don’t know if it was still the anesthesia wearing off or if it was the pain killer (or both combined), but every time I was about to fall asleep, it felt like I suddenly stopped breathing. I would then wake myself up gasping for air and crying because I really wanted to sleep, but couldn’t. I asked my mom to come sleep with me to monitor my breathing, and she assured me that I was indeed breathing and that the weird response was all in my head. I finally managed to drift off to sleep around 6am. I didn’t even feel that tired because I was still running on cortisol. When I woke up the next morning, I told myself that I would not take any pain killers unless I really needed to.

    Pain is relative: I don’t know why this didn’t hurt as much as I thought it would (I am a baby when it comes to pain), but I didn’t have the need to take any pain killers (not even Tylenol) after that first Percocet. I never really take medication anyway, unless it’s absolutely necessary, so I guess I am used to suffering a little bit. Also, after all the crap that my tonsils went through in their lifetime, this recovery was very manageable. As long as I didn’t talk, yawn/cough/sneeze, eat, or drink in large volumes (I drank through a straw), there was no throat/ear pain at all. If I did have to engage in any of the listed activities, I just pushed through it and the pain abated quickly after I was done. I must mention that having quinsy and otitis in the past probably helped. In the ER, they had to cut open/drain my quinsy with only local anesthetic (which they injected into my already hugely inflamed and swollen tonsil without any numbing cream). As for otitis, the ear pain never stopped no matter what I did. It felt like someone was drilling a hole in my head through my ears. These two maladies also happened to be the two most painful experiences I’ve had in my life.

    Recovery timeline: For me, recovery was up and down…you feel ok one moment and then you’re suffering the next. The first couple of days, I had a lot of trouble chewing/swallowing because everything was swelling. The peak swelling period was around 1-2 days post-op. The pain was okay because the scabs were thick, so even though there was some pain swallowing, it was dull and dispersed. During this time, I also had a very low-grade fever and felt lethargic. Additionally, my jaw and tongue were recovering from being clamped down, so my muscles were very tense. By day 3, the swelling started to go down and so did the scabs. The pain in my ears slowly increased and I had sharper points of pain in the region where they took the tonsils out. During day 4 I tasted a bit of blood after swallowing food, felt sharp pain and had an associated ear ache, so I drank a bunch of ice water and it seemed to stop. I haven’t had any bleeding since. Days 5-7 were the worst (as promised). Although the swelling and muscle cramps were almost completely gone (I could talk again!), the scabs were falling off, so with every bite of food/water, there was either stinging, shooting, or ripping pain in random spots. It wasn’t dull and spread out like before, but rather localized to different regions. My ears were also suffering and water had this weird sweet flavor to it. I think my breath was also rank at this point. I am now day 8 post-op and I feel marginally better. Now, I only feel pain when I eat, especially if it’s a tiny bit spicy/sour/hot. As I said, this recovery has been a roller coaster, and if you’re looking at it hour by hour, it would seem as if you’re taking two steps back for every one step forward. Overall, however, I feel much better this week than I did last week.

    Things I did that worked well: My main piece of advice is to try and live the same routine you had before surgery, but with modifications depending on the day of recovery and what kind of pain you’re in. Try to listen to your body and its needs, since there isn’t a “one fit all” way of dealing with this.
    If you don’t need pain pills, don’t take them. Take the experience hour by hour and day by day. Pain pills have a lot of annoying side effects (especially constipation) that make your recovery even more miserable than it already is. If you can tough it out, tough it out. Mentally prepare yourself for the pain and the fact that it gets worse before it gets better.
    Drink lots of ice water even if you feel like you don’t need it. Just keep on drinking throughout the whole two-week recovery period to help stave off any infections/premature cracks/fevers. I didn’t drink anything other than water (to avoid excess sugar), and I made sure to avoid alcohol too. The body is taxed enough as it is.
    Try to resume a normal diet (apart from super spicy, hot, sharp, sour things) as soon as possible. The day I had the surgery, I was already eating mashed up fish and potatoes. Your body needs nutrients to recover, so having a liquid diet without need for it isn’t a wise choice. If you can eat solids, do it. Since days 5-7 were the worst for me, I turned to popsicles and other softer/colder things during this period (I still tried to eat solids though). However, because I was eating normally for the first 4 days, I had enough energy/nutrients to do this and didn’t end up losing lots of weight in the end. Make sure the food you eat isn’t junk either, but super nutritious and filling. I was eating plant-based and made sure to drink lots of green smoothies!
    Do very light exercise as soon as possible. Some days, I was too tired to go, but some days (if I felt marginally better), I would force myself to go on a short walk around the neighborhood. I made sure to walk outside in the fresh air/sunshine and avoided crowds to prevent myself from catching something airborne. Not only does this speed up healing by circulating fresh blood, but it also helps with digestion, mood, energy levels, etc. Walking is your best friend for two weeks after surgery. They told me days 5-7 had the highest risk for bleeding, so I ended up being more sedentary then. However, days 1-4, I was on my feet.
    Upkeep your oral hygiene. It’s amazing how much gunk collects on your tongue after sucking on all those sugary popsicles. I was brushing my teeth, flossing and scraping my tongue (to the best of my ability) daily to avoid excess buildup of bacteria.
    Get lots of sleep with a humidifier right by your face. Since I wasn’t on pain pills, I didn’t set any alarms in the middle of the night to take them. I found that getting a solid block of sleep was worth the morning pain of re-moistening my throat. I tried for the first two nights to set an alarm every 3 hours to drink water, but I found that just disturbed my deep sleep (when healing happens) and didn’t make any difference. As long as you can breathe through your nose, your throat shouldn’t dry out (provided you’re keeping yourself hydrated throughout the day).
    Ice packs are amazing. I iced my throat throughout the first few days to help reduce the swelling!

    Things I didn’t do, but that might help:
    Chewing sugarless gum to help get your jaw back in working order. I found that trying to eat a normal diet was exercise enough for my jaw, considering a five-minute meal took me 30 minutes-1 hour to get through.
    Sucking on ice chips to avoid all the excess sugar in the popsicles (bacteria love sugar).

    Best of luck!

  113. 24 year old/ female.
    I had a tonsillectomy and septoplasty on June 1, 2017.

    Septoplasty- PIECE OF CAKE, minus the congestion at first.

    Best advice- set alarms for your pain meds around the clock. I would set them for 10-15 minute before your scheduled to take your meds. I went to the dr on day 4 for my post-op and she was extremely pleased with how well I was healing and she said that I was definitely a “rare” case. She encouraged me to try to ween off pain meds and switched to tylenol. So, I stopped taking my pain meds on day 5 to see if I could deal without them- bad mistake. I had to end up calling the after hours ENT because my throat was swelling & it felt like it was closing (Just being dramatic).

    I “chased” my pain meds with danimals yogurt- something cold and it helped not to take on an empty stomach.

    I started eating scrambled eggs on day 2! The more nutrition you can get into your body, the faster your body can heal.

    The pain is definitely worse at night and in the mornings. Every morning the first thing I would do would be take my meds, get an icepack, crushed ice and a bottle of water.

    Not sure if anyone else has had this happen, but I’ve had a TON of jaw pain, tongue swelling and muscle cramps. My neck/throat muscles are extremely tight. Heating pad helps, though!

    1. I’m 20 years old and I’m on day 10 post op. I ended up having to go to the ER tonight because my throat was swelling and it felt like it was closing in. They didn’t know what to do for it and I’m still in a lot of pain. I’m taking my pain medicine every 4 hours as needed. I’m so worried about this and just want it to go away. What did you do to make yours go away and what did your ENT tell you to do?

  114. 41 y/o M 9 days post op 1 June, 2017. My dentist found excessive tonsil stones and one near my corroided artery in an X-ray while having a routine cleaning. I was referred to have it looked at and went to my ENT clinic. After all the scans and other make sure to have surgery exams I was instructed to have my tonsils removed a.s.a.p. My adolescent doctor told my parents to have them removed when I was young but it hadn’t happened by the time I was 15 so he said never mind to just leave them. Long story short I had the procedure and have been dealing with what I had to for the last 9 days at the age of 41. I feel I am out of the woods today. I decreased my oxycodone usage to as needed 2 days ago vs every 4 hours. Today I have not used any drug. My scabs started falling off day 7. They are almost gone. My diet consisted of soup and soggy ritz crackers since day 3. The first 2 days were hit and miss and I pretty much have lived and died by having consistent ice water available around the clock and keeping my mouth clean. I went to a manual toothbrush to not aggravate anything when in use. I cleaned my mouth after every time I had food. I also had a tonsil fire extinguisher (liquid lidocaine) spray bottle which numbs the pain on the point where sprayed. The oxycodone always burned in the crevices of my jaws at the joints and the throat. It has been an experience but granted having a high tolerance for pain it hasn’t been the worst. I had maybe 2 days of the worst pain (9-10) on days 6&7. 7 was the worst. Mornings are always the worst and you can hope for sleeping 3-4 hours. I waited to post because I knew my experience was going to be like my own. No one has the same circumstances but we can all draw something from each other. I started reading this forum about 3 days pre -op which gave me a lot of good insight. What I did learn is:
    – consistently take medicine
    – consistently keep your mouth clean
    – you have to get rest by any means
    – stay hydrated/ primarily iced water
    – sugar laden products create phlegm and film
    – no citrus
    – take it easy
    – minimum 10 days recovery
    – I didn’t leave my house until day 7 bedroom day 3
    – tonsil fire extinguisher was key to numb pain on the spot

  115. To whomever started this blog and to all those sharing their stories on here…bless you. I’ve been reading everyone’s comments since I scheduled my tonsillectomy a month ago. On day 3 of recovery now and still hanging in there. It’s so comforting to see all of the positive commentary and the tips from everyone have been so helpful. Wish me luck as I know the worst of it is yet to come. Just wanted to thank everyone for all of the great advice – it’s definitely gotten me through so far.

    1. Hi Cherelle! Thanks for the kind words. I started this blog so others could have a better tonsillectomy recovery than I did. I’m so glad that you e benefitted! Best of luck to you and please stay in touch.

  116. I’m a 28 y.o. Female & on day 3 of my recovery. The first day after surgery was cake – I kept thinking to myself how easy this recovery was going to be. I was eating apple sauce, popsicles, on day two I tried eggs, and plain noodles with oil, I felt great. Well, that didn’t last… last night my pain got worse so I decided to take a dose of prescribed oxy…well, I threw up shortly after taking it. Probably from lack of food in my stomach & the fact that I’ve never done well with narcotics. Ever since I threw up, I’ve been in excruciating pain, and it feels like everything in my mouth is swollen shut. I can no longer open my mouth to look at my throat, my uvula is so swollen that it makes me feel like I constantly have to gag. The nausea I’m having to deal with is awful. Swallowing is an absolute chore, and my ears are throbbing in pain. I’m home alone, as my fiancé has to work, and feel like I may not make it out of this recovery alive – dramatic as it may seem. I’m keeping ice on my swollen throat/neck, I’m drinking as much cold fluid as I can, and I’m taking pain meds every 4 hours or so…however I feel they’ve stopped working.
    This is absolutely miserable, quite honestly the worst pain and discomfort I’ve ever had to deal with in my life. I can’t imagine it getting worse than this, and I’m afraid it will.

    1. I just had my tonsillectomy and andenoidectomy today. I skipped my medicine once and I’m paying for it now. My uvula is swollen, I can’t swallow, and my throat is sooo swollen. Very uncomfortable. I can’t sleep and I have trouble breathing.

    2. Hey how are you doing now? I’m 27 and on the same is day 8 for me until when did you feel the pain?

      1. Hey Karen, I’m on day 15 and I’m still not 100%. I would say the worst pain was between Days 3-8, day 9 was substantially better as far as pain is concerned…and it’s been getting better every day. The ear pain was bad for me on day 8 and then got marginally better every day after. I have a demanding job, so I went back to work 5 days earlier than I should have, and I’m paying the price with a sore throat that I can’t seem to get rid of. I took today off to rest, hydrate, and not use my voice.
        My voice is still not back to sounding normal, I can still see scabs on the left side of my throat, and I’m still a little swollen too.
        The recovery is definitely slow going – but I’m feeling so relieved that I’m finally able to eat REAL food…with the exception of anything rough, sharp, or dry. You’re almost out of the woods!! Stay rested, and hydrated, and don’t push yourself too hard once you start feeling better! Good luck!

  117. Day 5 and I feel like dying can’t even swallow my own saliva never mind fluids?painkillers are making me really sickly and smacked out of my head developed chest infection too on two lots of antibiotics my neck is so swollen keeping ice pack on it,lost 9 pound in weight so far I’m classing this as the only bonus but whilst I’m not eating I’m going weaker and weaker

    1. Hi Andrea, I found days 5-7 were the worst; you need to take your pain meds as prescribed. I found sucking on a cracker until it was melted and then taking pain meds helped with nausea. Your Doctor can also give you meds for nausea – ask for the one that melts on your tongue. Try broth or other liquids, too. Please check out the drop down menu at the top of this page, compiled by Greg, our forum host. Greg offers some amazingly helpful tools and strategies to kick T/A recovery in the ass! Good luck, and stay in touch. Jan

      1. Day 6 and became very very poorly emergency admission to hospital with Sepsis never felt so ill in my life iv fluids iv antibiotics discharged on day 11 on oral antibiotics for 5 days. day 16 back to gp given another 7 days oral antibiotics as not healing
        I am now on day 23 antibiotics finished still sore to swallow still have ear pain and all foods taste awful I can honestly say this has been the worst experience of my life and has made me very down will my taste ever resume normally?await 18th July for histology report.

  118. I’m on day 5 of my recovery, and my ears are on fire. I can’t sleep. I can’t eat. I’m so sleep deprived, in pain, and literally can’t do anything. Someone, please tell me this was worth it. I don’t know if I am going to make it out of this.. ALIVE.

    I get married in 3 weeks, and I am thinking this was a terrible idea. I’m off the pain medication due to it making me more sick. I take extra strength tylenol every 4 hours. I’m drinking a lot of water, even though it feels like I am swallowing rocks and razor blades at the same time.

    I need some serious help.

    1. Hi Abby, how are you feeling? Yes, its worth it. And you will be fine by your wedding day. Congratulations! Please check out the drop down menu at the top of this page. Greg, our forum host, has compiled wonderful, helpful information that works! Good luck, and enjoy your wedding. Stay in touch. Jan

  119. Hey guys! On day 13 with a pretty easy recovery from tonsillectomy/septoplasty/turbinate reduction/sinuplasty. I did want to give you guys a heads up regarding my biggest issue so far. On day 7-8 I woke up sharp pain in my side (lower left rib) that hurt anytime I moved or took a deep breath. After dealing with it all day I went to urgent care where X-rays revealed I had partial lung collapse. This is known as atelectasis, and it comes as a result of being under general anesthesia and or having the breathing tube down your throat during the procedure. I was never warned by anyone at the hospital of this possibility or given breathing/coughing excerises to to help prevent this! Additionally the hospital should have given me an incentive spirometer which is used to excercise your lungs. While I should be enjoying the of last days of recovery, I am now having to deal with the partial lung collapse which has given me more pain than the tonsillectomy itself!

  120. I’m 21 male and am on day 8 of recovery, the pain was excruciating after day 2 and I found out why on day 6. It turns out that although I just had my tonsilectomy, I somehow managed to get strep throat at the same time. 💀Not fun, my biggest recommendation from this experience is that you need to trust yourself. If you feel like something is wrong call the doctor. If the doctor says don’t worry, but that feeling doesn’t go away then go to the hospital. Even if it turns out to be nothing, it’s better to be safe than sorry.

  121. Hey everyone. I’m 25. I am kinda freaking out. I am on day 8 of my tonsillectomy and I STILL have a low-grade fever. The highest it has been is 99.6. I’m on around the clock tylenol and ibuprofen (I can’t take narcotics, due to a history of addiction). My right lymph node is huge and painful. The doctor prescribed me antibiotics and I’m not feeling any difference. My temp usually goes to 99.2 and is 99.6 today. Do you think it’s an infection? Or the wrong type of meds? Or just a low grade fever from the crazy inflammation. Does anyone have this experience?
    This is part of why I got my tonsils removed in the first place. I always had mystery low-grade fevers.Heeelllppp

    1. Hi Ali, quite normal, especially without the benefit of narcotics. (Kudos, to you, btw) Most hospital discharge instructions suggest that you return to the hospital if fever goes to 100.6 or higher post surgery. But I think its worth your time to telephone your surgeons office. Infection is very rare. Be sure to check the drop-down Menu at the top of this page by our firum host, Greg. Good luck, and feel better soon! Keep on touch. Keep hydrated!!

    2. Hey. I’m 20 years old and I’m on day 10 of recovery. Did your swelling finally go down? I went to the ER tonight because of it hurting so bad. What did you to help it go away?

  122. I’m a 35 year old male and currently on day 5 of my recovery path. I had tonsillectomy and adenoidectomy together. I had my surgery in the UK. No problems with that and when I woke up I felt very little pain. I remained in hospital overnight and from about 2am I couldn’t sleep as every time was dozing off I felt like choking. The next day (still in hospital) I started bleeding. It was bright read blood though nurse were reassuring me that I have no severe bleeding and need to continue to rinse my mouth. At one point I felt as I needed to vomit and something large was blocking my airway. It felt like a cling film stuck to my throat. I started to panic and doctor arrived. I then vomited a massive blood clot that was lodged on my right side where the tonsil used to be. I actually pinched it with my fingers to get it out. It was very traumatic but I felt a massive relief. The doctor told me it was blood I swallowed during the procedure and it’s fairly common. I must say that I never come across this before so I thought I would post it here so people can prepare themselves if anything. I’m now a bit paranoid that I will have another clot this time on the other side. I feel like there is something for stuck there. I think this is all in my head now. Anyways, I’m trying to stay positive although the last night was the most painful for me. I mostly suffer at night as during the day the pain is manageable. In the UK they advise you to eat normal diet and all the “rough food”. I must say that I’m trying to eat as normally as possible.

    1. Hey Luke, you “pinched the blood clot out” – wow. Im sending you a medal, I would NEVER do that, and have no idea if that was a good idea. Are you feeling better now? Days 5 – 7 were the hardest for me, but you get thru it. Please check the drop down menu put together by our forum host, Greg., shown at the top of rhis page. Im wishing you a speedy recovery. Stay in touch, let us know how you are doing.

      1. Thank you Janet. I’m feeling much better now. It is now exactly 4 weeks since my operation. I still have some discomfort but no pain. The only thing I’m concerned about is the feeling of something “stuck” between my soft palate and throat. My ENT told this week that I’m still healing and it’s likely the swelling which can irritate my throat and give me that healing. I hope this doesn’t last too long and it’s quite annoying….

  123. Hi 43 year old male had three procedures done at once so tonsils is not my only issue but I agree with this forum ice peas and lots of water I am in Day 8 and I hate waking up to a dry mouth it makes me shiver and feel weak until I get the energy to eat a popsicle and then take some pain meds which by the way run like hell

    1. Hi Milan, A dry throat for several weeks is a frequently reported side effect. Be sure to check the drop-down menu at the top of this page. Our forum host, Greg, has accumulated some Very helpful hints. Check it out! Good luck, and a speedy recovery! Jan

  124. I am 20 yo female, and I had my surgery May 15, first 4 days were a walk in the park. I only used my 800mg ibuprofen the doctor gave me. Haven’t been eating much however. Days 5-7 (which I’m just finishing) were much more painful. I had to take two small doses of oxy on day 5 and a small dose this morning as I woke up in the worst pain of my life. Scabs are starting to come off which I think is the root of the pain. But boy is it a big pain. This seems to be the low point everyone is talking about, so hopefully things will get better from here.

    I have an event I need to attend this Saturday (with really good food I hope I can eat) it would be day 12. Thoughts from anyone who is on days 11-14??

    1. I’m on day 13 still can’t sleep well but eating is much easier. I can pretty much eat whatever I want. It chewing is exhausting and you literally get super tired just from chewing. Because your teeth jaw tongue are weak. Fyi 42 year old female.

      1. Hi Angela, you are simply using muscles you havent used in awhile. Doesnt take much to spoon broth and swallow soft diet, right? Now you have to work for it, but won’t take long. Give it some more time, you’ll be fine. Keep up the good work, and hang in there. Gradual return to regular diet should be set at your own pace. 🙂

        Be sure to check out drop-down menu at the top of this page, created by our forum host, Greg, with amazing tips. Good luck, and a speedy recovery.


  125. I’m on day 9 of recovery and at this point it just feels like I have strep. Most of the pain is gone, and I’m pretty much back to eating normal foods. The biggest issue I’ve had is waking up with a dry mouth and throat. This is the only time the pain is severe enough for me to take a dose of pain medicine. Other then that I’ve been taking extra strength Tylenol here and there, becaisenliquod vicodin is no longer necessary every 4 hours. At first the pain was miserable and my voice was very altered, however now I’m talking clearly and have way less pain. Keep yourself hydrated, don’t be afraid to ask for more pain medicine, and please don’t be a baby about it . A tonsillectomy is a simple procedure, while it’s painful it’s not the end of the world. I’ve seen too many stories of people exclaiming how terrible this surgery was and how the pain lasted for such a long time. Children heal faster than adults. As and adult, be one,hydrate yourself, take your meds, rest, and look forward to no more tonsillitis.

  126. FOR THE BAD BREATH TONSILLECTOMIES: hey guys just wanted to post because I used to come here a lot and I struggled with my breath before so I wanted to spread some hope. It’s been a year since my tonsillectomy and my bad breath(tonsil stones) is GONE. Yay. Hang in there, the pain sucks but it was worth it. Btw make sure it’s your tonsils that are causing it before you get surgery, you may end up disappointed post surgery if they aren’t the sole contributor.

    1. Kay: Thanks for sharing. The ENT told me as well my bad breath could be from something else besides the tonsil stones. I am looking into everything before a tonsillectomy. Did your doctor fully examine you for the tonsil stones? I saw 4 different ENT doctors and never got a full exam. They were all willing to give me a tonsillectomy anyway. I am horrified to have this done, but know if the stones are the culprit, my life will be so much better once they are removed .

    2. Hi Kay, I am very glad for you and want to say that by giving this information here you are helping hundred of people. Could you please tell the BB gone immediately after surgery or after completely recovery?

      thank you very much!

    3. Hi Kay could you please tell is your tonsils was beg or small because mine is really small but infected and I removed some tonsil stones.

  127. 17 yr old (M) I always read threads and never usually comment on them once I’m passed the whole experience and pain myself but this time I feel like I should as I had a lot of help from this forum myself so I think I will offer some tips too

    Day 1- I woke up from surgery in the post op ward and was greeted by a very nice nurse who told me the operation went well and asked if I would like some more pain relief to which I said yes, I was given morphine and slept for about forty five mins until I was wheeled back up to my room, The pain was basically non existent because of the powerful drugs I was on and I was overall in a good mood, I was given an omlette and a bowel of soup after surgery but felt very nauseous due to the anaesthetic so I couldn’t eat it, the nausea persisted for a few hours and eventually went.
    I stayed the night at the hospital and woke up nearly every hour sweating and in pain I thought the night would never end and I still felt kinda woozy after the anaesthetic which didn’t help matters, I was discharged in the morning after getting more pain relief and I went home.

    Day 2- I was drugged up to the max on pain killers and felt little to no pain at all, I also slept the whole night through and was quiet content when I woke up that it wasn’t as bad as everyone said it’d be unaware of what was going to come in the following days

    Days 3-7- these were the worst days, I struggled to swallow my own saliva and honestly in these days I just felt like dying it was so bad, the pain was unbearable and my pain killers were doing nothing for me, I set an alarm every half hour at night to wake up and sip some water as I found the morning the worst because my throat would dry up when I went to sleep and the pain in the morning was a solid 12/10, I found that sucking on mints was great it kept my saliva slippery and it would just slide down my throat, I also regularly garggled with Coca Cola as my doctor told me this helps and he was right too.

    Days 7-present(day 13) – I noticed the horrible green slime had started to peel off the tonsills beds and this was my scabs falling off, by day 8 I was off all my pain killers as I wasn’t in much pain at all, the scabs falling off caused no pain at all and I’m finally getting back to eating normal dinners and food today (day 13) it still feels strange and there is a slight pain but I’m sure it’ll ease away in another few days

    Tips: Keep hydrated drink when you don’t even need a drink and take your pain killers on time don’t take them when you start to feel pain, I would also strongly recommend sucking on mints as I found this really really helpful.

    I am glad they are out now as I suffered with a allot of severe tonsillitis over the years but on days 3-7 I would of take 100 bouts of tonsillitis because the pain was so severe, I would nearly go as far as not recommending a tonsillectomy as the pain is so much worse than any tonsillitis I’ve ever experienced.

    Any questions feel free to ask

    1. Have you had tomato sauce at all? In pasta or pizza perhaps? I have heard that it burns really bad but as many days out as you are maybe you can speak to this?

      1. Is seemed to get inflamed after eating spagetti….but not so much during. I had created scan and all was clear. My right cheek still bothers me as I still get inflammation mostly right side. It comes and goes and still feels like piece of something is back there. My lumps went away……thank the Lord but I don’t get the residual swelling and discomfort that comes and goes….my surgeryveas on April 7…… 6 weeks out…….they treat me like I’m nuts.

  128. Hi ,
    Starting day 3 on prednisone and lumps are not going away…….really bummed. I’m doing everything from not eating inflammatory foods to taking powder Vitamin C. I’m at a loss… 28 post surgery. I know it hasn’t been 2 weeks but would of thought some improvement by now. The glands in my neck were swollen last night. I used ice pack…….the swelling around the area seemed to get better but not the lumps.1 on each side where the tonsils were.

  129. Hi,
    Previous message marked Alan is Les. I’m really praying for some encouragement. In the recent post I had a lot of anxiety. I was told today I have reacting tonsil tissue with inflammation. My worries are cancer. I was put on steroid for 2 weeks and off work for rest of week. I was also told this happens and it’s very uncommon….like 2% of people encounter this. I would like to know if anyone had inflammation of left over tonsil tissue anytime after surgery. Mine seem to be found 3 weeks after! If this doesn’t go away they will do a CT scan. Any help and hope would be greatly appreciated. I’m so far depressed it’s not even funny. All my pain is right side. I was told by a second ent with Cleveland Clinic that I should be healed in a month…….? Everything I read here has been contradictory to what doctors expectations are. I have lost 22 pounds only 5 to 7 pounds since surgery. I do not see the light for me at the end of this tunnel. I’m not trying to frighten people……I had my tonsils removed due to right side being enlarged and cryptic due to tonsil stones.
    Overall surgery wasn’t bad and was what was expected. I got better but to get worse. This means some areas I improved and some just got worse and would change day by day. I thought when I got these things out I would feel better. My problem started in December and January when I had back to back colds in 2 weeks. Then my tonsil became inflammed and sore and hurt to swallow like a lump was always there. If anyone can help or knows a good ent who can answer to this thread it would be great.

  130. Hi,
    Day 25 and I had followup. I guess I have a reactive tonsil tissue with inflammation. Dr. Gave me 2 weeks steroids and off work now till Sunday. Really upset. He stated if doesn’t get better then I will need ct scan for the big C word. Totally upset. Anyone ever had this issue after tonsillectomy……please respond.

    1. Hi Les, I am sorry to learn of your expressed concern that you didn’t receive any help from this forum. We have all been thought tonsil removal, (and the subseqent recovery) and share our own experiences in this forum hoping that other folks in recovery will gain helpful hints to make their recovery better
      – along with the phenominally helpful information appearing in (Greg Tooke, our forum host) drop-down menu at the top of this page, We are NOT doctors/surgeons, no one is paying us for our time. We are a group of compassionate recoverers offering validation via our experience. No one can disseminate medical advice, but refer you to your own Doctor for a medical opinion. Undoubtedly, the lump you speak of is TYPICAL swelling associated with anticipated swelling post-op, and I truly hope the condition isn’t more nefarious in nature. Once one of us gain access to a crystal ball, you will be the first to be contacted. Good luck, wishing you a speedy recovery@!

  131. Hi,
    I’m 41 year old male…….I’m on day 23 and all is not well. Yesterday morning I woke and checked things out and found a lump where or close to where the tonsil sat. They found no cancer in the tonsils. I had them removed due to tonsil stones and enlargement on the right side. Now that’s where this lump is on the right side. Anyone else experience this. It’s still sore on this side. I’m down and out. Go to doctor tomorrow…….can anyone help!? To calm my nerves.

    1. Hi Les, Are you having any difficulty swallowing? Does the “lump” interfere with your eating? Be sure to mention to your Doctor, asking if a “barium swalliwing” exam is warranted. It may still be swelling (mine was swollen for over two months) and told by my Doctor, it’s normal. I think you should ask your doctor at your bmvisit. Im sure its going to be fine. 🙂

      1. Thanks Janet,

        If you read more of my comments above. It is reactive tonsil tissue which became inflammed…..I’m in horrible pain from it. Was Sunday it’s now Tuesday. He gave me prednisone for the inflamation. He actually stated it was on the other side too but not as noticeable. I’m freaked out to the max. I appreciate your reply and thank you. When and if I fully recovered I hope I can turn back to this forum and laugh because all is good because I freaked out over nothing!
        God bless all you!

      2. I hope so Janet…..He gave me prednisone. I have a red pimply blister towards the back left also and a lump on that side. Could anything worse be that some cemetrical?
        Just really down…looking into alternative medicines to get me over hump and to heal me. I been doing powder vitamin c and curcumin. Seems to help but only time will tell. Right now my neck is sore down the fronts and sides…..27 days post op. Is this normal also. Or is all of this normal? I know your not a doctor but you know stories.

  132. Hello everyone

    I’ll start by saying I have a high pain threshold, but this was the worst pain I’ve ever experienced.

    I’m 23, F(UK) and on day 13 today. I still have a sore throat (4/10) and some scabbing, so I still can’t eat as normally as I’d like to, however I can eat A LOT more than I was able to in the first 10 days. I now only take painkillers (1 x 400 mg ibuprofen) once or twice during the day and once before sleeping. Best of all, I no longer wake up with excruciating pain (like 2 knives in my throat) and I can sleep through the night (note – I no longer have to sleep upright). So for those of you who’ve just had the op or are going to, I promise you CAN get through this and it WILL get better.

    So on the day of surgery I woke up in recovery and was taken back to my room. Not long later I was given soft jacket potato with cheese and salad. I tried to eat really tiny bits of the potato but my throat was too sore. I was then given some soup to try but unfortunately it was tomato based and stung really bad. So eventually the sweet nurse brought me some ice-cream which was soothing and gave me some energy. I know some people have no problems straight after surgery due to the anaesthetic, but I pretty much felt the pain from the beginning. My op was in the morning but I wasn’t allowed home until around 12 midnight because I was struggling with pain and eating.

    Day 3-6 were absolute torture, I just wanted someone to put me out of my misery and I regretted having the op. I’m serious, it was BAD…

    Day 3 I woke up at 5 am – OH THE PAIN – like I’d been stabbed in the throat and collapsed on the kitchen floor. My parents found me, put a pack of peas on my throat and consoled me while I cried and swallowed 2 Tramadol capsules. The same day I experienced nausea and threw up around 6/7 times- to the point I was just throwing up bile (sorry). I was re-admitted to hospital, kept in overnight and given fluids + morphine. The doctor said my medication was contributing to my nausea, and as a result of all the vomiting I’d become dehydrated. And they were concerned throwing up could cause bleeding.

    Day 4 I was still in pain, but thankfully no more nausea. I still couldn’t eat, and swallowing water was painful.

    Day 5 I woke up in the early hours again, and this time the pain was incredible- 11/10 (worse than day 3 if possible). Again my amazing parents put an ice pack on my throat, encouraged me to swallow my painkillers (2 x 400 mg ibuprofen) and generously apply Difflam spray. They brought me some crushed ice to keep in my mouth and this really helped. Later in the day the dreading ear pain began…

    Day 6 I ended up in A&E with a heavy bleed. But thankfully it clotted by itself without the need to be cauterised. But it did continue to bleed just specks of blood, so I was really frightened to sleep that night in case the bleeding started again- but thankfully it didn’t.

    Day 7 I felt a tiny bit better and there was no further bleeding.

    Up until day 10 the pain was bad and I couldn’t eat solids. But After day 8 the pain was noticeably more manageable.

    Top tips –

    – Prop yourself up with a few pillows and sleep upright (I used a travel pillow for neck support and to stop me from rolling over), Personally, I started sleeping normally only after day 10
    – At night set an alarm for every 30 minutes and take a sip of water (especially during the first 6 days) – if you let your throat dry out believe me you’ll regret it.
    – Keep water on your night stand
    – Set alarms to take your medication/antibiotics – keep on top of the pain. The first 6/7 days you’ll likely be waiting to take your next dose, but don’t let any ‘lack of pain’ fool you – KEEP ONE STEP AHEAD
    – Be painkiller smart – my medication was 2 tablets every 6 hours, and I found that after 3/4 hours I needed more pain relief. So I took one tablet every 3 hours instead- and this was WAY more effective in terms of managing pain
    – Personally I didn’t find my humidifier as useful as I hoped and it made me feel strangely sick – maybe I had a dodgy one. BUT definitely give it a try as it could work for you (especially if you think you can’t wake up throughout the night to sip water). It will help keep the air moist and prevent your throat from drying out.
    – DON’T breathe through your mouth- it will dry out your throat
    – I would sometimes put my painkillers in jelly to help me swallow them
    – WATER, WATER, WATER (just keep sipping, just keep sipping…)- it will help your scabs come off without bleeding
    – Ice water, Hartley’s strawberry jelly, Kelly’s cornish ice-cream and ice packs for throat = best friends
    – Difflam spray was amazing – it would numb the back of my throat and provide instant pain relief – speak to your doctor about using this!!!
    – Hot showers were very soothing – mentally and for my throat (in and out)
    – Oral hygiene – gently brush your teeth and if possible your tongue too!
    – Chew gum to exercise your mouth, throat and to keep saliva moving (this helps heal)
    – After day 7 I started doing gentle salt water gargles which helped clear phlegm and other build up
    – Ice pack for throat, and hot water bottle for ears

    I personally couldn’t focus on things like reading or movies, so I kept watching cooking shows (since I was hungry and couldn’t eat) – worked for me!

    Thank you to everyone who has posted – it helped me so much. And goodluck to you all.

    1. Thanks, N A, for sharing your experience, offering validation to all of us going through the same thing. Be sure to check out our host’s helpful hints, found in the drop down menu found at the top of this page. Greg, our host, welcomes new input and would value any new helpful hints. Good luck and happy healing. Jan

  133. I had my tonsils removed April 7th, 2017. It is April 30th and this morning I noticed a lump on right side just above or right where the tonsil used to be. I am very upset and worried as that side has been more sore. The lump itself doesn’t seem sore but my jaw on that side feels funny. it seems a little sore when I open and stretch my jaw. I know I’m not healed yet from surgery but if someone knows or has had same expirience please email me at Asap……I see doctor on Tuesday……..really worried.

  134. Hi Jack, The best way to sleep right now is upright; keep your head elevated as much as possible. Have a recliner? Setting an alarm clock every 4-6 hours to take your pain medication? The toughest part of pain is letting pain get away from you. Meaning, going too long without pain medication. Keep hydrated, sleep when you can, keep ice packs around the neck, and know that you are at the hardest part of recovery. Be sure to check out the drop-down menu at the top of the page. Our host, Greg, has put together very helpful ways to get through recovery. You will feel better soon. Jan

  135. I am on day 5 post op, can anyone recommend ways/positions to sleep to avoid pain in the morning? I have found myself avoiding sleep because the pain in the morning isn’t worth it but it is catching up on me

  136. Ok so I’m ending day 6 post op of my T&A. It has felt like absolute hell. I can’t sleep because of pain and can’t eat or really drink to much. I am trying to stay hydrated but I feel like there is a lump in the back of my throat like something is stuck and I don’t understand it. I have no idea if anything has happened with the scabs. I have no clue what I am doing. When does the pain start to calm?????

    1. Hi Desiree, I remember my 6th day post-op; it was probably my worst day! The ONLY two things you really need to worry about right now is water and meds. Yes, that “lump” you feel is swelling, which isn’t going to get better unless you start sucking on ice (since you find it hard to drink) and get ice packs around your neck. I found frozen peas worked better than regular ice bags, I could position them closer to the swelling. An air humidifier running at night will help keep you throat moist, but I ran mine all day and night. Don’t worry about the scabs, most people swallow them in pieces and never notice. Don’t expect that to happen for a week or two. The pain will start to subside when the swelling goes down, and its different for everyone. Most report a week or two – but you are at the peak right now. Hang in there, it will begin to get better every day! Really. 🙂

    2. Hi Desiree
      I’m glad I read your comment, I had my T&A 6 days ago
      The pain Is unbelievable and I am taking my painkillers regular , you r talking about the feeling of a lump at the back of your throat, I have exactly the same and it scares me as I don’t understand what it is ! I also got know idea about my scabs, are they there ? Are they going ? I am sticking to my ice pops & cold water, I drink as much as I can & also sleep when ever it grabs me, the pain is meant to b better after the 8th day so fingers crossed !!! But if anybody knows what this lumpy feeling in the thraught is , please post an answer !

      1. I was told that the uvula that is swollen, is what makes you feel like you have something in the back of your throat.

  137. HELP. I am on day 12 post-op. Occasionally after I eat I can see very minor bleeding where the scabs are coming off and it isn’t even enough to notice it in my saliva but it starts again when I eat. What can I do to help the bleeding and when will this end? I refuse to go back into surgery again for bleeding this minor so any help would be appreciated!!

    1. Hi Anne Marie, its not uncommon to see a LITTLE bit of blood for several weeks following surgery…especially after a meal. So, I wouldnt worry unless the bleeding escalates or you experience difficulty swallowing. And be sure to mention the issue at your next follow-up visit with your Doctor. Good luck.

        1. Hey Anne Marie. Yes, once the scabs have completely fallen off, the bleeding will stop. No worries, completely normal.

  138. I’m on day 8 and my scabs are nearly off, from what I read I was dreading this part because most people seemed to claim it was agony but I’ve barely noticed a change apart from slight discomfort when eating but it’s nothing really, each recovery is individual so I guess it’s different for everyone. Day 2-5 was the worst for me but it’s soon passed, I’ve been able to go out since day 6, I wish everyone a fast recovery. The pain won’t last forever!

  139. Wow! This forum has been so helpful! I had my surgery on 4/11 so today is Day 10. Everyone who said to “hang on…it does eventually get better was so right!” Things really started getting better at Day 9 for me and I was able to stop taking pain meds. It’s also interesting how different this is for so many. Here are some tips that I found helpful:

    1) Stock up on Sonics ice and drink/sip plenty of water. I found that Gatorade or other drinks were too sugary which made me produce saliva making it difficult to swallow. Even if it hurts, keep sipping to make sure you stay hydrated. Someone else posted that the constant sipping and swallowing allows you to build up tolerance and that was a great tip.

    2) If it stings to swallow something cold, try warm water with honey or tea. I ended up alternating between ice cold and warm drinks depending on how I was feeling. I also think it coincided when the scabs were coming off.

    3) Use an ice pack to help with the swelling and pain. It really helped with the sharp pain I was getting in my throat and ears. I had really bad ear pain. I used the Chattanooga cold pac (can find on Amazon) which wrapped around my neck. Got it from a co-worker who read about it and it was a LIFESAVER!!! I alternated between that and waters bottles that I froze and put into a long cotton sock.

    4) Use a humidifier and elevate your head when you’re sleeping. Nights were the worse for me. I was up every 1-2 hours or so changing out ice packs and making sure I was sipping to stay hydrated.

    5) I have been living off Top Ramen, mashed potatoes and chicken and stars soup. I found the warm liquids were so much better for my throat. There were a couple of days that pudding, applesauce, jello and ice cream were tolerable but the extra saliva it was creating wasn’t worth it.

    Best wishes to everyone who is recovering…there is a light at the end of the tunnel! Also a big thanks to Greg for starting this and for all who contributed their experiences and expertise.

  140. Day 6 of recovery done and I’m recovering, albeit very slowly. Its still agony to eat, but I’m forcing my way through some small meals. Can I expect to feel better any time soon, seeing as though days 5-8 are meant to be the worst??

    1. Hey Arthur! You are almost through the hardest part, yay!! Stay the course. I predict a much better weekend. Stay on soft diet until then, and avoid anything crunchy. Keep drinking loads of water for a few more weeks. Congratulations. You are doing great!

    2. I know it’s different for everyone but Day 9 was when it started getting better for me. Hang in there, I know you’ll start feeling better soon! Agree with Janet…keep drinking tons of water…either ice cold or room temperature. Warm tea helped for me too.

  141. SOS i had pudding today. first thing i have eaten in 6 days. however, as i’m lying down to sleep i’m having difficulty breathing. i’m trying to breathe through my nose to avoid drying out my throat, but bubbles keep forming in my back of my throat. i coughed and spit some out and it was a reddish brown. I can’t tell if it’s pudding stuck in my scabs or blood. my doctor gave me no instructions when it came to stuff like this. can i gargle something, ANYTHING, to get this out of my throat so i can sleep! I’m running on slim to no hours of sleep and tomorrow is Easter!

  142. How long will it be until I can enjoy food again? I know recovery varies but in the UK they give two weeks off school for recovery time so if everything goes as should is this correct? Or is there often prolonged discomfort

    1. Jacqui – I believe the average recovery time is two weeks and it definitely varies. My Dr. told me I would start feeling better into the second week and she was right. I’m on Day 9 (Day 1 was surgery) and while I am sticking with a softer diet, have found I can tolerate rice and thicker soups. Hang in there, it will get better!

  143. I had my surgery on Wednesday so this is day 3 of recovery.
    I’ve been doing okay, drinking a lot and eating normal food with only slight discomfort.
    The most horrible part for me is this uncomfortable cough I have and I’m getting up load of horrible stuff…
    The pain is also worse in the evenings from around 8 until 10 pm.
    I’m trying really hard to stay off the reall strong pain killers the doctor prescribed in fear of it getting worse throughout the recovery and not getting any realise.

    Is there any advice on these things?

    1. Hi Ri. Yes, take your pain meds as directed to stay on top of the pain. Most report days 5 – 7 as the most difficult, so dont let the pain get ahead. Check out the drop down menu at the top of this page for helpful information. Let us know how you’re doing, hang in there. Good luck!

  144. I’m on day 5 post op. The worst pain is in the morning for about 15 minutes. My tips for managing the pain:
    -Stay on top of you pain meds.
    – avoid fruits, any acidic foods and drinks ( even getorade)
    – gargle after EVERY meal even ice cream ( dairy can turn acidic after while) hydrogen peroxide and luke warm water 1:1 ratio with small spoon of salt!! You don’t want any food sitting on the sore area.
    – when in lot of pain spit saliva out don’t swallow
    -drink plenty of water
    – make sure you have plenty of humidity in your room

    I’m a patient, tonsilectomy survivor but also a nurse.

  145. Don’t let up on the pain meds and keep hydrated
    Ice chips etc
    My daughter is 14 and yesterday was the first day she could function and eat somewhat normal food noodles
    She had horrible ear pain at night which made it hard to sleep
    I kept the humidifier running all the time to add moisture to her room
    She said the heating pad helped

  146. I’m 16 & had my tonsils taken out 12th April (UK), so I’m only on day 2 of recovery. Yesterday was a lot less painful than today and I could speak easily and ate food/drank regularly but I have woke up with my throat / neck / ears in mild pain too making it difficult now to even open my mouth and I’ve already broken down in tears. I don’t know how I’m going to get through the next two weeks when these two days have felt like an eternity. Managing to drink water and I’m taking painkillers every two hours is there anything else I can do to ease the pain externally (neck etc) Should I try to speak to exercise muscles etc or just try and rest? Does unscabbing always have to be so painful and is there anything to do to prepare as I’m extremely nervous considering the amount of pain I’m already enduring.

    1. Freya, pack your neck with ice packs, and keep humidifier running all the time. Drink all the water you can (glass every hour) and use heating pad for ear pain. Its the swelling causing the ear pain, which typically starts around day 4, but everyone is different. If you keep the ice on both sides of your upper neck, it will help with the swelling. Be sure to check out the menu at the top of this page for other helpful hints! Let us know how you are doing.

  147. i’m day 6 in recovery and only get some painful moments here and there but cough up this very thick substance that is whitish and i’m wondering if that is my scab? also i’m wondering if gatorid will sting my throat when it goes down i’m afraid to try, as well as wondering if i’m recovering fast.

    1. I’m on day 7 of my recovery !! I couldn’t drink the gatorade in the first few days but by day 5 I was able to and now it’s almost all I’ve been drinking. That and authentic coconut water for some reason feels really good haha. Anyway, the white might be mucus actually. The scab is more brownish yet subtle. My scab just started falling off today(7) It really freaked me out at first because I wasn’t sure if that was actually ok. It caused my nose to bleed the first time, (only the left side–the side the scab fell) but it quickly stopped so I knew it was ok. What I’m trying to say is that when your scab actually comes off, and if there is some bleeding, DON’T freak out! It’s normal and expected. However, if you’re bleeding a lot, and it won’t stop, definitely call your doctor IMMEDIATELY! Wishing you a speedy recovery and healthy heeling!

  148. Hello everyone! I need to say i’m so glad i discovered this because i’m in a world of hurt. I’m going on day four now since my operation and i feel no better than i did the first 24 hours. I find myself constantly coughing and choking on something back there, which usually leads to heavy gagging. I’m too scared to look, however, because of all the pictures i’ve seen. I also am having excruciating pain in my jaw, ears, head and now back (presumably because of laying in the same position). I have been keeping myself hydrated (monitoring with my urine) but it fluctuates. I just don’t want to feel the scabs peeling but that’s what it feels like every time i swallow. It makes me gag. I’ve learned to pain manage with Tylenol but even then i’m in unbearable pain as soon as that wears off. I haven’t eaten in four days and i’m starving! I tried mashed potatoes the first day because i was feeling good, but then i threw up blood and now i’m too scared to try anything else. Jello just doesn’t fill me up and it feels warm in my mouth, even straight out of the fridge. I just want this stuff to be over, i’m miserable!

    1. Hi Kylee, Most report the worst days of recovery as days 5 – 8, so you shouldnt expect to feel better than the first 24°, and unless you are under the age of 10, you should ask for medication stronger than Tylenol. Its way too soon for scabs to be falling off (usually around the second week) so I suspect its the dairy that causes you to gag! Avoid dairy for awhile. As long as you are keeping hydrated, you can go without food for a couple of weeks. Keep hydrated. Keep a humidifier running full time. Popcycles, gatorade and water. The most important right now is water! And more water. Others in this forum report drinking ICED water has better helped them. Try jello again in a few days, then soft foods. Hang in there, we are all rooting for you!!

  149. I got my tonsils removed 2 days ago, and the pain wasn’t as bad as I anticipated. but yesterday was so bad, I could hardly swallow. still on antibiotics and pain meds, I prayed last night for less pains, and God answered. today wasn’t as bad. I was able to have just a small slice of fish as I was hungry; but I have been on Gatorade and water till tonight.

    I also use ice pack on my cheeks. overall, I’m able to speak better but not far away from my pain medication.

  150. hi
    I am in 7 day of tonsillectomy and hvae severe pain and I feel very week.
    my diet last seven days only milk , bread and juices I am unable to eat something els any suggestions for me.

    1. I was told by my Dr. not to consume any dairy products b/c it thickens mucus and makes it more difficult to swallow. Water is probably better for you than milk right now(and always, IMO). You can also try Gatoraide–worked well for me.

    2. I agree with JILL, try to avoid dairy products for a few weeks. Cold water. Thats all your body needs right now. Most people can go weeks without food, but water is essential. Add popcycles – make your own to make them perfect!

  151. I got my tonsils removed two weeks ago and I was prepared for a rough recovery because I read a lot of people said it was the worse thing but I had a fast recovery I’m guessing because I didn’t use the medicine that I was given I used liquid Tylenol extra strength I highly recommended it !

  152. I am due to go in for this operation in the morning and I have never felt so anxious and nervous in my life. Can anyone suggest any helpful tips especially what foods are easy to eat? Also what pain relief is most effective?

    1. HI Abi, you will find a list of food perfect thru recovery at the top of this page in the drop-down menu. (Thanks to Greg, our host.) I could handle nothing but popcycles, jello and pudding while others have said they ate anything they wanted. So, start slow, and make ice cold water your staple. The more water you drink, the faster the scab will fall off, so the faster you will feel better. We will all be thinking of you, wishing you a speedy recovery. No worries, you can handle this. 🙂

        1. Thank you for hosting a forum so beneficial to so many. Tonsillectomy recovery sucks, and hearing others validate our own experience is comforting, as well as educational. You did a good thing here, Greg. Kudos!!

      1. Hi Janet, I had my tonsils out on March 28. I’m in such severe pain and I’m already maxing out my doses of Dilauded and Tylenol. Any other tips for me? I’ve got ice around my neck/head, ice chips, humidifier, etc. I wouldn’t wish this on my worst enemy!

        1. Hi Ally, I would encourage you to talk to your Dr. to reassess your pain management; because yours isn’t working. Its important to stay on top of pain. It sounds like you are doing your part, its time for your doctor to do theirs. On the timeline of recovery, on day 3, you need to find something that works for you. Keep hydrated, really. The more water you drink, the faster the scab will fall off and the faster you’ll be back to chips and salsa! Keep in touch, and rest. Call your doctor NOW and if they can’t get you in quickly, go to urgent care. Really. ♡

          1. Hi Janet, Thank you for the quick reply. My surgeon is unreachable so I’ve called my GP as this feels out of control. The advice on this blog is great, it’s been very helpful to feel like I’m not the only one going through this.

          1. Hi Janet, thank you for asking. Truthfully, I’m at my worst. I’m now 6 days post op, but had a terrible day 4 and 5. I ended up in the ER last night due to passing out after a day of nausea, vomiting, etc. The swelling and pain was so bad I couldn’t get liquids down, so I got some new drugs via IV and some saline solution. Feeling much better now and slept a full 7 hours with no interruptions, but I’m still just on a liquid diet and can only handle ice chips and watered down Ensure. My scabs haven’t fallen off yet so I know that is still another hurdle. My mom has been staying with me and I am SO thankful for her care.

            How long was your recovery, Janet? I’ve read through your posts and have followed all of your advice, it’s been so helpful <3

        2. Hi Ally, I am sorry you ended up in e.r., but it sounds like you were dehydrated and needed the aid. My worst days were 5 & 6, taking me a full two weeks before the scabs to gradually fall off. Everyone is different in their recovery, but it sounds like you are on the road to recovery! 😃

          1. Hi Janet, I think I am. Still off work but slowly improving. Looking forward to solid foods this week!

  153. This seems like an active website. Has anyone ever has an experience with little to no pain? My 5 year old is on day 6 and has not once complained of pain. She started eating regular, soft food hours after surgery and hasn’t had issues sleeping or anything. She started eating her normal diet on day 4 with no issues. I checked her mouth many times to make sure they took her tonsils and they definitely did! Just curious. My family seems to think she has a high pain tolerance. I’m not sure. It’s bizarre to me!

    1. Yes! My granddaughter had hers out at age 7, she complained the first night and appeared fine the next day. So, when I had mine removed, she told me, “just eat two popcycles and it wont hurt anymore.” I was on narcotics for two weeks, frozen sugar water did not instantly heal. Lol. Ive heard children do extremely well, its worse the older you get. Lucky for you and your daughter! 🙂

    2. Children heal much faster than adults, and in children under 16, their tonsils are much smaller (and less deeply rooted) than adults, which translates to less surface area to cut or cauterize, resulting in significantly less pain. After age 16, the surface area will be the same as an adult, though they’ll still heal faster. It really isn’t too terrible of a surgery when you’re young, but let me tell ya, at 40 it was no picnic! Day 19 here and still struggling, still not back to work.

      1. I’m on day 17……it feels dry and it’s sore to swallow on right side… a lump when I try solid foods. Left side don’t bother me at all. I went back to work last night and it wasn’t fun. It’s still hard for me to talk. I feel like I have the same problem with the right side as I did before this surgery. My right tonsil was irritated and both were a plus 3 in size…….Not sure what think……Anyone else struggle with this?

  154. Hi guys. I had my tonsil removed on the 24th march and I’m really suffering the pain is absolutely unbearable I can’t eat and drink and I’m starting to get depressed because it doesn’t look like its gonna get any better soon. About a week before the surgery I’ve booked tickets to go to Poland 🇵🇱 with my family because I had no idea that it’s going to be as bad. I need some advice because I don’t know what to do. Should I stay in London or go to Poland.?? Is there anything that could happen on the plane.?

  155. Hey Jordan, you are on the WORST days post-op. Take your pain meds when due, with as much water as you can handle. The ear pain is from swelling and will lessen in week. Ice, ice, oh, and more ice around neck. Sleep sitting up, and use air humidifier if you have one. You will feel better soon, I promise. You are at the hardest part, but will start feeling better soon. Get a popcycle, and hang in there!!!

  156. On day 5-6 it’s 4am in London and I’m in a lot of pain. Can’t drink and not even thinking about eating. I know not only have pain in my throat. the pain is soo bad I’m starting to have tooth ache and ear pain. I’m literally praying for this to be over.

    1. Hello Jordan – the middle of the night is the worst ! Suck on some crushed ice. I also tried sucking on sugar free strawberry losenges, and used a throat spray . It is normal to be at your lowest at this point – things will improve in a few days time (after about 10 days I found a hot water bottle helped relax my throat and neck too). Download some podcasts/tv programmes or listen to the radio to help distract yourself. This will end !

  157. On day 17 here and i’m still having a significant level of discomfort/pain when i swallow. I am not taking any meds and finding it difficult to sleep/worse when i lay down (even still with head propped up a bit using a travel pillow). Seems to mostly be on one side and it just feels as though my throat is swollen, or as though there’s something stuck in my throat What concerns me is that this is the exact discomfort/pain i had prior to the surgery, and am wondering if it is something other than my tonsils (though one was pretty swollen). I had described the pain as a small pebble stuck in the back of my throat. I still have what i think is a thin white layer of scabs. Anyone else feeling similar discomfort? I’m waiting to call the advice nurse in an hour. Hoping this is all normal. I definitely felt better on days 11-12 and feel like since then i’ve slowly gotten worse.

    1. Yes,
      Same here…exactly……I’m on day 17….I have exact same issue. I ran out of pain meds and feel like since it’s been days of use everything got worse. Please let me know what happens the longer you go as I will update you. I still have the same film….. .I felt better after surgery then I do now… lol…….Thanks!

  158. I’m on day 5 of recovery, and the pain only seems to get worse. As much as it kills me all I can do is sleep. Swallowing causes me so much pain that I haven’t eaten anything in the past 45 hours and honestly this is the worst pain I have ever experienced

    1. It is truly an awful experience. All I can say is, hang in there, it does get better. Drink lots of water, and stick to your medication schedule. If you’re getting no relief from your meds, go back to your doctor, and demand stronger ones.

  159. I am on day 6 and the pain just feels to get worse, silly me decided to go back to work the next day; hey bills need to be paid! I am slowly starting to eat some foods but with a real force

  160. Believe it or not I am on day three of the surgery
    Have not slept at all swallowing is a monster and after so much sleep loss your mind starts playing horrible tricks on you.. as of now when I swallow my ear pops and throat Is on fire. I can hardly eat anything but popsicles.. can’t wait for the rest of the recovery days

  161. I need to schedule appointment to get my tonsils removed… My doctor prescribed a tonsil fire extinguisher to help me deal with the pain associated with a tonsillectomy… Has anyone in this forum heard of or used this to help after surgery?

    1. Hey Krista, you are not alone, just about everyone in this forum has been where you are on day 9. Ouch. Really ouch. This will pass. Check out gregs helpful daily tips at the top of this page. Please keep in touch and let us know how you are doing.

    2. Hi krista, I too am on day 9, and I would honestly prefer dying to this pain. My throat is stinging and burning, and I still need to take the narcotics which knock me out. I threw up yesterday for two hours, I just want this pain to end.

      1. Hi Kehndra, I also was on the narcotics until day 11 – then I seemed to improve quite quickly. It’s now day 15, I’m still in a bit of pain on one side. Are you still in any pain?

        1. Hi Krista
          I still am in some pain, but it’s more of a sore throat type pain. I’ve only needed to take ibuprofen and lozenges for it. My eating is almost back to normal, although I’m only eating one meal a day. I’m hoping to do a half day at work tomorrow, to ease myself back in.

    3. Hang in there. it will get better….I am on day 2 and with prayers I’m feeling better. just be prayerful, trust me, it works

  162. Day 8 here, 40 year old woman. Yes the pain is awful–it’s every thing i read about and i have an unusually high pain tolerance so I was hoping i’d be ok…..nope. Days 1 and 2 weren’t bad at all, but i ran out of Oxy day 3 and it took 29 hours to get a refill–why they don’t provide enough meds to last at least a week is not right. Now doctor denied a second refill–i’m guessing doctors are so scared about creating opiate addicts that they think it’s better for people with legitimate pain to suffer through it……(and maybe it is but it sure doesn’t feel like it right now!)

    Something i found TREMENDOUSLY helpful is sleeping upright. This helps to keep your mouth closed while you sleep which prevents scabs from drying out (which is when i’ve felt the most pain). I don’t have a recliner so i just propped myself up on the couch and wore one of those U shaped airplane neck pillows–i consider this to be the best thing i purchased so if you don’t have one, borrow or buy one!

    Also, i live alone and was really worried about being able to care for myself after surgery. Everyone told me “you’ll need help with EVERYTHING”….but no one could ever give specifics. Doctor said someone had to stay with me for 48 hours and i would need help for 3-5 days. For me, this wasn’t at all the case. After surgery a friend drove me home and that was it–luckily i haven’t needed anything (other than neighbors to walk my dog) from anyone since. Not saying everyone can do it like this, but i almost hired a nurse for $240/hour for first 48 hours and it would have been an absolute waste of money.

    Hang in there everyone, this is awful but it WILL end….

    1. Congratulations, Jill, you are thru the hardest part! What a great idea on the u-shaped pillow. I wish someone would create such a pillow with a flap around sides and front that could be filled with crushed ice. Btw; following my surgery, I slept upright for about ten days, and I don’t have a recliner either. I took every pillow in the house and created one on my bed! Keeping you in my thoughts and prayers. Jan

  163. I’m on day 5/6 (it’s 1.30 am in Australia) of my tonsillectomy. My throat feels swollen and tight right now. I’m so over this pain, I have an anxiety disorder, and the pain is really making me anxious. I’m on oxycodin and paracetamol for the pain, it dulls it a bit, but it’s still there and it hurts to swallow. Everything aches, I’m so tired of this pain. I’m scared my throat will swell up more, and I won’t be able to breathe 🙁

      1. Thank you Janet. Today has been a bit better, I’ve been very strict with my medication schedule. I just want this to be over! It’s so painful. I got my tonsils removed because of constant tonsillitis, and sleep apnoea issues, and I just want to hurry up and reap the benefits.

  164. Hey guys! Just thought I’d share my tonsillectomy recovery story as many on here are terrifying! I needed a tonsillectomy as I suffered with recurrent tonsilitis since being a child. I am 20 years old and on 2016 had 9 bouts of tonsilitis.I had been mentally preparing myself for atleast 8 months after cancelling 3 appointments for a tonsillectomy. I did loads of research and read everyone’s horror stories, worked myself up, changed my mind about the op again then just thought, just go for it your well and truly prepared for what is to come! I had my operation on 3rd March 2017. Coming round from the general anaesthetic I was quite teary, not due to the pain more the confusion of where I was and not seeing a familiar face straight away! I was observed for 4 hours after before I could go home and was prescribed 30mg codeine, ibuprofen and paracetamol which I was to take every 6 hours. The codeine had me feeling so high it was unreal! That night I slept through from 9pm until 7am in the morning. I managed to sleep through every night I haven’t been woken in pain once.

    The mornings are definitely the most painful. As soon as I woke up I would take my pain meds and get some frozen peas to put under my neck to reduce the swelling. After about half an hour the tablets kicked in and I was absolutely fine. I just kept on top of the medication taking it on time, and I also brought an ozone generator prior to the op – I ozonated all the water I consumed as it attatches itself to free radicals in the body and gets rid of any bacteria. I also ensured I brushed my teeth every morning and night. I have consumed a very normal diet I have eaten loads of wotsits, toast, roast dinners anything that was put in front of me I ate. I barely ate any ice cream as it caused phlegm and it was sore to bring up.

    Day 5 was probably the only painful day for me again I still managed to eat solid foods but it was more the earache that caused a problem. I have been out everyday post op just little trips to the supermarket or matalan just to get me out of the house I made sure I wore medical face masks to filter bacteria which I got on eBay for like 50p.

    Today is day 11 post op I have been completely back to normal since day 9. All scabs have disappeared and my throat looks healthy again just a slight twinge when swallowing and a dry throat in the mornings but it doesn’t cause any pain.

    I think I worked myself up so much that in the end it was nothing like I thought it was going to be. I’m not saying it wasn’t painful, but it was definitely manageable and far from excruciating but everyones experience is different 🙂

    I would definitely recommend drinking as much water as possible as this thins the scabs and makes it less painful when they come off. I would also like to mention that on the pain killers I have struggled to pee and also have not gone to the toilet for a number 2 since the morning of my operation (11 days ago) but I was told this is a side effect of the codeine (which I stopped taking on the 10th of March) so if this happens I’d recommend some sort of laxative however I have been drinking 8 movicol a day and still nothing. Eat as much solid food as you can even if it hurts force it down it really does make you heal faster as it encourages the blood flow to the wounded area.

    I wish you all the best with your surgery, don’t let people’s experiences put you off. In the long run it will be worth it!!

  165. Does everyone get massively swollen lymph nodes following their tonsillectomy? The pain in my throat pales in comparison to the pain from my gigantic lymph nodes.

  166. I am on day 5 and The thing that’s been bothering me the most is I’ve had a swollen tongue since day 2! I can’t breathe that well and everytime I move my tongue it feels like I’m being stung by a bee. Last night and the night before were the worst nights as I spend the night before throwing up chunks of scabs and then last night I spent coughing up blood. I just want to know if it will get better anytime soon. I’m a 19 year old college student in the middle of my semester and this recovery is probably the worst thing I’ve ever experienced.

  167. I am in day three…. the night after I was back in the er because I wouldn’t stop bleeding thankfully they manange to stop it some how….. now I live in fear that each time I cough I am going to start bleeding and it won’t be able to stop this time…..

  168. Hey everyone! I had surgery on the 28th, I’m now on day 5, 6 if including the day of surgery, and my throat and ears are the worst. Sleeping is my enemy, especially at night. For some reason, sometimes there’s a little irritating prickly feeling in my throat that causes me to cough it out and that makes everything hurt especially my ears! I take my pain medication just once a day, I’m taking Etoricoxib (Arcoxia) 120mg which is I believe not yet FDA-approved in the US (I’m in the PH). Believe it or not, it’s actually enough to to keep the pain away the whole day except when I cough when everything’s triggered, but I’m thinking that’s only because of the antibiotic I’m taking. Days 1-3 I managed to always drink icy water and ice cream, but from day 4 til today, I completely lost my appetite. I have acid reflux and it’s causing some major acid attacks because I haven’t been eating, but I still couldn’t manage to keep everything down. I asked for three weeks off of work, I work in a call center that handles credit cards so you can already imagine the volume of calls I take in a day. I literally only have a second to rest before the next call comes in, and to be honest, I feel a little afraid to be back on the phones after three weeks because I’m thinking that might not be enough time to prepare my throat for the Armageddon, which is basically a day in the life of a call center rep.

    I really hope things get better soon. I miss eating!

  169. Hey everyone
    I got my tonsils out Feb 27th, so today I am 5 days post op. Today has been the hardest day for me so far. The first few days weren’t bad they only got worse. I was able to eat foods and drink and talk but today all I can do is eat freeze pops and can’t talk at all. My ears hurt and my jaw is sore. I’ve already almost gone through all of my Percocet so my doctor gave me 40 more. As long as you keep up with the medications you should be good. I’ve been taking a lot of naps. Getting them out was a really easy experience. I simply met the team of doctors and nurses, they started up an IV, gave me some relaxing meds and the next thing I knew they were strapping my legs to the OR table and I fell asleep. It was so quick and easy and even as I’m laying in my bed in so much pain it was worth it!! Feel free to ask me any questions 🙂 xo

    1. Hi Rachel, we have all been where you are, and it does suck, just a few more rough days. I encourage you to check out out host’s menu at the top of this page; Greg is an expert. Check out what to expect daily- he even has pictures during the time the scabs fall off. Most report expanding their diet from popcycles and jello, to much more fun foods and cutting back on pain medication because they feel so much better sans scabs. Please stay in touch. You are in our thought and lin our prayers.

  170. Hi Jill
    You should not prolonged the surgery if you think lymphoma is the case. I did not get any liquid medications. I got pills and I crushed them into my applesauce which dissolved perfectly. I let it sit for 2 mnts in the applesauce and it was perfect. I found that it help me with the pain faster.
    Now if you get nauseated from anesthesia let the anesthesiologist know so they can give you something before. They did it for me so I wont puke when i wake up from surgery and it helped me alot. Call your doctor again and stress the concern of your anti depressants medication again. Good Luck !

  171. Did anyone here get pain meds in pill form? I have only heard of people getting liquid pain meds. My doctor will only prescribe pills. I also htake anti-depressants and wrote to him about my concerns about not being able to take it and how i will become dangerously depressed in a matter of days if i don’t…..they are extended release so cannot be crushed. He said “just swallow it”, and the pain meds can be crushed if needed. He also refuses to prescribe an anti-nausea medication/patch. I have been very sick (vomiting) the last 2 times i came out of anesthesia. He said he didn’t think an anti-nausea was necessary. Please advise if you’ve had liquid or pill form medications? I’m very close to cancelling this surgery. I don’t feel like my doctos has my best interest at heart. However, there’s a possibility my tonsil is inflamed due to lymphoma and the tissue needs to be biopsied asap. I don’t really want to delay if it’s cancer…

    1. I just got a tonsillectomy on Monday. I asked for antinausea medication as well and they said no but I ended up being fine. My doctor gave me Percocet in pill form, very few doctors are giving liquid form of pain medication these days. I would do the surgery asap and get If over with. You’re going to need 2 weeks of rest, it hurts. 🙁 hope all goes well

    2. Hey Jill, pain medication can be in liquid or pill form (I used pill form at home and I had little difficulty in swallowing tabs within a few hours post-op) as well as one of the many anti-nausea medications, mine came in a tiny tablet form that dissolves on or under tongue that worked almost immediately and lasted 8 hours. Med called, “ondansetron ODT 4 mg.” I’m so sorry you don’t have confidence in your ENT. I still believe you should interview another ENT; someone who will give you what you ask for – you know your body better than anyone, and doesn’t only do a telephonic follow-up! For pain post-op at home, my ENT prescribed 15 mg oxycodone to be taken every 4 hours, and 1 mg xanax 3 x a day, along with a medicated gargle and antibiotics in liquid form. He prescribed one tablet of xanax for me to take at home the night before surgery which really helped me to chill out and get some sleep. I was pretty anxious. I, too, feared results of biopsy.

      In post-op, they gave me morphine admintered in my i.v. (anesthesiologist ordered as patient requested – which was like every 10 minutes – I was in severe pain!) Also in the i.v., they gave me anti-nausea meds, antibiotics, and some type type of steroid for inflammation. When i was ready to go home, they gave me 2 percocet tablets to get me home and time to get my prescriptions filled.

      I hope this helps you. Prob tmi, but i just wanted you to know that medications to help with pain and anxiety can make a huge difference in your recovery, but more importantly, you need an ENT that gets it; apparently, yours doesn’t. I want better for you. We all do.

      Be sure to check out Greg’s (our forum host/expert) tips on recovery. You will find the menu of these guidelines at the very top of this page. Greg has included “day by day” info, helpful diet guidelines following surgery, and he’s even included pictures of the scab recovery! (Dont look at pictures before surgery, will just add to your apprehension.) Warm wishes, keeping you in my thoughts and prayers.

      1. Jill, i just saw Brenda’s comment, and she offers a very good idea. Should they only offer you tablet form, and you can’t get them down, crush them in applesauce. Pain meds can be crished, unlike the meds you are taking now. Good one, Brenda! 😉 And Rachel is right, if your doctor has expressed any concern it might be cancerous, do surgery asap.

      2. I was told it’s Kaiser’s policy to only do a post-op phone call 3 days after surgery. They just “don’t feel it’s necessary” to come back in to be seen. And the ENT who i’m dealing with is not the same one who is doing the surgery (Thank god!!). He did order me one ativan and i was told to take it on my way to surgery, which will be in the afternoon on Friday (i asked for it to help me sleep the night before, but again, he is not paying attention to what my wishes are). He said he doesn’t find an anti-nausea necessary, and refuses to prescribe so i’m hoping the anesthesiologist will. I think they can give something with the IV. Other than that, all he will prescribe is 20 vicodin. There are no antibiotics and I’m sure he won’t authorize a refill (nor do i feel like i could even ask if i needed them or it will just confirm that i’m “drug seeking”. I truly believe they have something in my patient file indicating this drug seeking–the way i’ve been treated throughout this entire process has been really upsetting (enough so that I plan to follow up with an attorney about the drug test they gave me 2 months ago without my consent or even knowledge). That is *if* I can manage to survive for 2 weeks without my antidepressant. I have warned my friends that I will become very depressed after surgery and if bad enough I could be suidical without my antidepressants–but there’s not much they can do. I’ll be on my own for most of my recovery. I feel like i’m appropriately expressing my concerns to my doctor and he simply does not care. I cannot delay surgery anymore–i’ve been in pain and discomfort for 6 weeks now and can’t play around with the chance it’s lymphoma. I will crush the pain meds if i’m able, and hope for the best with regard to everything else. But i am leaving Kaiser the minute my work offers open enrollment. I will NEVER deal with them again. This has truly been a nightmare that has had me in tears. And i know it is only gonna get worse.

  172. I had a tonsillectomy on February 28th and so far it hasnt been that bad. Pain so far has been pretty manageable. I take diloudid and tylenol when my pain starts to get bad but goes away. I think the biggest thing in my recovery right now and what has helped me the most was to drink drink drink. The pain isnt nearly as bad when your throat is good and moist. The most annoying part for me sp far is all the phlegm build up. And i really cant open my mouth up to brush my teeth. And yawning sucks

  173. Wow I just want for the surgery and man it’s sore. The throat not so bad as the ears. Swallowing is bad for me!!!! Wow let’s hope it’s worth it!

  174. hi to everyone.:-) is already a month after my tonsillectomy(feb1,2017)..i just wanted to know from those who had tonsillectomy after a month or 2 if you still suffer from dry throat? i observed that i always have dry throat especially the upper part. as if water can’t reach that part of my throat. i drink a lot of water to wet my throat but i feel like my throat dries fast..

    1. Are you taking any medication? While I was still on meds following surgery, my mouth was always dry. If you aren’t on any meds, it’s an issue you should bring up to your doctor.

  175. Hi All , im on Day 7 (5-7) have been my worst days and haven’t slept at all. Yes I understand that there will be pain and that I’m ok with at the moment but the biggest problem for me is my ears!! It makes my entire head feel unbalanced my ears have been the worst – the rest I can slowly deal with

    It feels as If am two people at the moment

    One during the day – with no pain what so ever then comes the night or early mornings and I feel like jumping out the window 🙂

    Anyway thanks for all the messages on here keeps me smiling knowing that soon this should all be over !

    Love From Sunny South Africa ( Sebastian )

    1. Hi Seb. First of all, lock the windows. Secondly, (and you won’t like this) its completely normal. Following my surgery, I described it to my doctor as “theres a nail in my ear and a dry sock in my throat.” He told me that when the swelling goes down, the pressure building in the ears will go with it. And he was right. This, too, shall pass. Take care and hoping you heal quickly. You are through the hardest part!!

  176. Hi all,

    I’m finding this site to be very helpful as will be having a tonsillectomy soon (still awaiting a call from the scheduler.

    I’m a single woman living alone, and my doctor says I MUST have someone stay with me the first 24 hours, and then i’ll need a “helper” for 3-5 days. I have a couple of friends who will help me post-surgery, but they won’t be able to stay over (or even stay long). What sorts of things will i need help with? Do you think I can do it on my own? I don’t like to ask anyone for help, and i’m even worse about accepting help, so this is tough.

    Thanks for any tips you can offer!

    1. Hi Jill, You’re having major surgery; a procedure (proven beneficial) is, quite simply, going to knock you on your butt…and onto a bag of ice. Your doctor is absolutely correct. In fact, the hospital won’t insert the I.V. to get things started until they have first confirmed you have someone to drive you home and will stay with you for the first 24 hours. If your friends won’t stay over, maybe you can stay with them. Do you have family that might be willing to stay with you for a week? You will need help with everything! Arrange for help, THEN get 3 bags of crushed ice, humidifier, popcycles, jello, applesauce, and any other soft food you may try to eat in 2 or 3 days (when nausea has passed.). And NO, you should not do this on your own. Put the “Wonder Woman” shirt way. Suck it up precious one, and ask your TRUE FRIENDS for the help that you will need. Everyone on this forum truly wants to help you get through this, and always willing to offer words of wisdom and support. And we ALL recognize that you should not try to do this on your own. You will be in my thoughts and prayers for a speedy (2-3’week) recovery. And if you don’t get the help that you need, at least for the first week, recovery may take longer. Always here for you, accompanied by the compassionate supporters on this forum. Please keep us updated, because you will be in our thoughts and prayers.

      1. Thank you Janet. It’s pretty terrifying because i’ve always been so independent (my first phrase as a toddler was “I do it!”, and it’s been tbat way ever since). Unfortunately this is more out of necessity than choice now, as i don’t have family and it’s really hard to ask my friends to leave theirs to help me. Most have young children who need them home and also, everyone works. I don’t know how i can possibly ask anyone to take off work to help me (all my friends are pretty broke….). I thought about maybe offering to lay them to miss work, but they’ll still have to use their vacation time, and i’m not ok with that. My best friend unfortunatley will be out of town the first week, but she can help me the second week. My main concern is my very active dog who is used to getting out for a couple of hours a fay. I plan to hire a dog walker for that but i have a feeling she’ll drive me nuts. I looked into hiring a nuse for the first 48 hours, but it was over $1000. As i’m already going to be off work unpaid for 2-3 weeks, that’s out of the question. So the best (or only) option for me at this point is my neighbors, who will pick me up and get me settled at home. They’re just a text message and 30 seconds away, have a key and can check on me frequently. I scheduled this for a Friday so that they won’t have to take off work. Unfortuately that meant going with a doctor i haven’t met before, but i was assured anyone can do this surgery. They also told me they’ll call me on day 3 and that will be considered my “post op” appointment. I was really surprised at that. Also they said the hosptial will start me on Tylenol and see how i’m tolerating the pain before they’ll give me any pain meds. That’s scary because i have been warned by multiple people to take the pain meds every 4 hours at first if i need it or not to stay on top of the pain. They also onky prescrive tylenol w/ codiene, which i’m prone to vomiting. I will have to ask for something else. I’m grateful to have found this forum because this is the mos alone i’ve ever felt in my life, and it’s pretty scary and stressful. I just have to plan ahead the best that i can.

        1. Hey Jill, it sounds like you have explored all of your options, proving “I do it” mantra remains. 😌You’re lucky to have a kind neighbor. Tylenol for tonsillectomy pain is like using child’s water gun on a house fire. If nothing else, get pain meds that will stay on top of the pain. Please keep us all posted. You are in our thoughts and prayers, Jill.

          1. Latest update–Kaiser refuses to dispense any pain meds prior to the surgery. Let me clarify–i’m not asking to take anything now–haven’t asked for or been offered any medication for the last month with my tonsil the size of a golfball–but just asked that i be able to pick up pain meds prior to the surgery. I said “even the night before, or eve the morning of–just so that i don’t have to ask someone else to do yet one more thing for me”. They said “We’ll assess your pain needs in recovery.” As if they might not even prescribe anything….? They then said “you know, we can’t give you narcotics ahead of time–these are for after the surgery and only if you need them”. I honestly feel like they’re treating me like i’m drug seeking. My primary doctor ordered a urine test for me (without my consent or permission–i thought it was for something else) 2 months ago and i tested positive for marijuana (legal in Oregon, although i was totally unaware the brownie i ate was a pot brownie until an hour later….) and i truly feel like this is behind the way i’m being treated. They claim it’s policy but i’ve had 2 previous surgeries with them and i was able to pick up pain meds days prior to surgery. They are playing games with me and i am not comfortable going into this knowing that they may try to deny me pain meds when i’m unable to advocate for myself. I think i may need to cancel this surgery. From everything i’ve read, tylenol isn’t gonna cut it. And quite frankly, i don’t deserve to be treated like this.

          2. Hi Jill, I bit my tongue not to say that! “Anyone can do the surgery” – um, no. Greg; you’re the expert here. Will you please offer your thoughts for Jill? Btw, as a Paralegal, I can tell you that NO DR. may run drug testing without your prior consent. It may be an opportunity for you to interview other ENT’s for your surgery, and arrange when your best friend returns from out of town. Stay in touch.

    2. Hi I am a 41yr old female 11 days post surgery & I have to say it wasn’t as bad as what I thought it would be. I did conblation laser surgery which was less painful. I read a lot on the internet before I went in for the surgery & I was afraid! Some people were saying it’s more painful than childbirth & the pain level was 11 out of 10.. However my experience was overall not that bad.. Yes the first couple of days it’s hard to swallow & the only thing I ate was Ice & drank loads of water. I also had ice blocks. I avoided ice cream as it creates mucus & it’s harder to swallow!
      I had a flatmate in the house however I wanted to be left alone as you are tired from the medication & Can’t talk properly so it actually hurts more to have someone there that you have to communicate with..
      my advice is to drink lots of water constantly! It stops you from becoming dehydrated & helps with the removal of the scar tissues. I never had any smell because I kept up the water in take. You are still able to move around & do things it’s just your throats that’s sore.. it gets better day by day! I’ve had no bleeding post surgery & generally it’s been a lot less painful than what I thought. Keep up with your painkillers & take them on time before the pain sets in. You can brush your teeth after surgery & rinse with water.. i was given betidine mouth gargle & that has helped. Sleeping at night is the worst as you will wake up dry & need water & constantly have to pee!
      Day 9, 10 & 11 I could start to eat bread & toast.. after the 1st week I was out & about shopping & back to normal activities however I was tired due to not sleeping properly & not being able to eat like I usually do.. Give yourself 2 weeks to be back to normal & feeling good! It’s one surgery that I have not regretted doing.. The two weeks downtime was worth it! Good luck

      1. Thank you–all i’ve heard so far are horror stories (i’ve heard the “worse than childbirth” thing from 3 different friends!) and i’m happy to hear it wasn’t as bad as you expected. Still pretty terrified, but i hope my experience is like yours! I think maybe after reading so much bad stuff, we expect it to be worse than it is. At least that’s my hope! I’ll know a week from tomorrow…..

  177. Great Advice Janet! Kimberly It will be over soon. Janet is correctly right. You are in the beginning of your days. Everyday will be different so try to rest.

  178. Hi i had my tonsils removed and also my uvula ( the dangly thing in the back of my throat) removed last thursday so in on day 4-5 and im 34 years old.
    My advise to everyone – DO IT!!! yea its paunful but no worse to me then my regular bout of tobsiliris or strep . Mine were so far gone oral antibiotics didnt cut it. I had to have injections.
    Even laying here now with 7 stitches to the top of my pallet id do it all over again. My biggest advise BUY A HUMIDIFER, totally worth it. Crush up some ice and constantly have some in your mouth. Lastly stock up on some cold packs so soothing on youth throat and helps me sleep. Dont be a hero and think your ok and dont need your meds or you will feel the full force of the pain ( i thought i was fine and missed a dose- takes a while to get back in your system) other then that rest and drink. I genuinely thought it would be worse from all the horror stories i read; i nearly chickened out. If you want a better quality of life – just do it!!

  179. hi! i had my tonsils removed last wednesday on the 22nd. its now day 4. and these past 2 days have been the worst, i have constant ear and jaw pain and of course throat pain. i havent been eating so im easily aggravated. ive been laying down sleeping mostly during the day. im always tired. and constantly taking medicine that wears off too quickly. it always hurts, it constantly hurts everyday even when i take medicine. i havent eaten since wednesday and try to drink as much fluids as possible. though its very hard. as a result im super dehydrated and always miserable. im 16

    1. Hi Kimberly, I’m so sorry that you are in so much pain, and I know that me telling you everything you’re experiencing is normal won’t make you feel any better, but it is normal. The ear and jaw pain is from your throat swelling – has nowhere to go but your ears and jaw. Keep ice on your neck and jaw, you NEED to drink more fluids, even popcycles is better than nothing. Do you have a humidifier running 24/7! You can go quite some time without food, but you CANT go without fluids – 8-12 glasses a day minimum. For most people, Days 4-7 are the worst! Some find it lasts up to 11 days before they feel human again. We all heal differently. The folks on this forum are AMAZING; always ready to share their helpful advice – you are not alone. All of us are here if you need to share or ask questions. My prayers for a speedy recovery. Keep us updated, we all really want to know how you are doing. Hang in there!!

  180. I feel Amazing! I’m on my 10th day of recovery with minimal pain. I’m able to eat more and I even went to the movies. However I am a little concerned. I am having post nasal bleeding. Is this normal?

  181. Hi Isabel
    I agree with Janet. You are still in the early week of healing. A full recovery can take atleast 2 wks. As Janet mention the days will get worst first as you start feeling better. Pressure of pain of the ears are the worst, lack of sleep will get you so irritated being at work on day 5. Let along you wont be able to talk. You need more time recover. But I can say alot of people recover differently. As for myself it took me 3 wks to get back to work as my pain got worst on day 10-14. And Omg i had severe tongue pain that let me not to talk. Drink lots of water l, take your meds timley and definitely get enough sleep. Have a good recovery.

  182. I’m on day 3 this is the most pain I’ve felt in a long time. I am due to be back at work on Monday. I work at a dental office and talk all day. I really hope all goes well.

    1. Hi Isabel, Undoubedly, you have read other experiences in this blog. I’m going to be blunt, You haven’t yet hit the hardest days of recovery, days 4-6. On Monday, you will be smack-dab in the middle of the worst part of recovery. My fear that you overdo it troubles me, as it will others who learn of your expectation to return to work at a dental office on day 5. We have all been there, done that. The most common thread of all of our journey through recovery are days 4-6, which are, without a doubt, the most difficult. We all share our experiences in this journal hoping to help others traverse the difficult path of recovery. I hope you do what’s best for you, take care of your body, and give it more time. And to my new found friends in this blog, please back me up. Since we wouldn’t be here without having compassion for others, while trying to learn from the experience from others, help Isabel know what to expect on day 5. Be sure to remind Isabel of the scab, and the ear “pressure.” My hope for a speedy recovery, Isabel, along with my prayers. We are all here for you!

    2. Hi Isabel. Yeah it’s rough. I hate to say it but you might not be ready to go back to work by Monday. Everyone’s recovery is a little different but for me it wasn’t until day 11. Best of health to you!

    3. Hi Isabel, I will go back to work on Wednesday and my surgery was on 16th of Feb. I think Monday it’s too soon for you, seriously consider to postpone it at least a week. Believe me it will be best for you. You won’t be able to work and you will delay your recovery. Wish you the best and a fast recovery!

    1. Hi Skyler, I think each of us recover on our own time; it took me two full weeks to get back to work. I’ve read posts on this blog where some go back to work in a few days! And, others who don’t return for a month or two. I think it also depends on the type of job that you have, if it’s jackhammering concrete, no, give it more time. If you sit behind a desk, and don’t have to do a lot of talking, eh. Go for it. You be the Judge, don’t let anyone tell you when you’re ready, or not. Good luck, and I hope you completely recover soon.

    2. Hi Skyler
      Is true eveyone recovers differently. It took me 3 wks to recover and head back to work. At day 14 is when I started to feel a better. It was long journey for me but i pulled through and I know you will too. Since you are back to work try to take cepacol. It soothed me through out the day.

      1. Hi Sally, How are you feeling? Painful tongue? Hard to swallow? I hope you are pounding the water, and forcing soft foods into your diet. Keep humidifier going full time. It took other bloggers on this journal to teach me that water/humidifier will hasten the scab falling off. Once that happens, your recovery will quicken! I know you are just now hitting the hardest part, but this too shall pass. No coughing, yawning or blowing your nose. (Ouch!). Gargle every time you pee, even if it’s only warm salty water – no spitting, just let drool from your mouth. I’ve got you in my prayers, for Speedy recovery. Keep in touch. We are all thinking about you.

  183. Hi Nikita. We are all here waiting for an update, and always ready to share our thoughts on your journey. You will be just fine. Ice, at the ready!

  184. So I’m 6 weeks post op in 2 days. I went to see my surgeon yesterday for a checkup on how everything went and his really happy though I’m still healing. Yes, still healing and apparently this is normal.

    I still have not got my taste back properly since surgery and he said that this is normal and can happen and it should come back in time.

    I asked him exactly how gross my tonsils were? He said they just kept on going and going, they were buried so deep that everytime he thought he found the end of them he had to keep going. Followed by, and omg, they were just full of stones. Everytime that I grabbed them stuff come flying out. They really needed to come out for a long time.

    So today I’m feeling so happy that I went through with the tonsillectomy. I don’t have tonsillitis anymore, I don’t have bad breath 24/7 anymore. I have stopped snoring like a steam train – I was getting super bad at snoring. I feel like I have more room in my throat if that makes any sense.

    Upon yawning and similar I still get ‘stretching’ pain on my tonsil beds – but that will settle in time.

    It was the most cruel thing in my life I had to recover from (as far as pain goes), but I did recover and I’m so happy THEY ARE GONE!

    I wish everyone that makes the ‘tonsillectomy’ journey the best of luck and prayers ♡

    1. HI Shondell. I am thinking of getting a tonsillectomy because of tonsil stones. I have seen several ENT doctors and one told me that my bad breath could be from something else besides tonsil stones. Did you have any test done prior to the surgery or did they take them out because they could see a stone or two? I am terrified have the surgery

      1. I had mine out because of stones! I got so tired of cleaning them all the time. I was tired of bad breath! I’ll tell you what, the first couple days the pain is bad, and intense! But even on day 1 I still didn’t regret it!!! I’m day 4 and I’m feeling 90% normal ( I’m sure it’s temporary). The worst part is not eating… lol

    2. Hi Shondell Langley,
      I am really very happy for you, could you please tell were your tonsils big or smal?l mine is really small but infected

  185. Hi Everyone, I am 22 years old and I get my Tonsillectomy on tomorrow February 21, 2017. I am very nervous but I’m preparing myself for the WORST . I hope my recovery is bearable. I will keep you posted

    1. Good luck Nikita – I was terrified before my op, and the recovery was hard, but you DO get better – being young means you should heal faster too. It’s a quick operation, then two weeks for the worst part of the recovery… and then you can spend the rest of your life free of tonsils/tonsil stones/infections etc. There is some good advice on this forum, but the best part is knowing that it is normal to feel rotten, be in pain, have a swollen uvula etc – you WILL get better soon. In the meantime, prepare to bed down and convalesce for a couple of weeks. !

    2. HI Nikita, just thinking in on you. Nowbb that you have the surgery behind you. How are you feeling? Are you keeping ice packs around throat? Got humidifier going full time? Drinking plenty of water? Taking meds when due? We are all thinking about you, hoping that you are recovering well. Stay in touch!

  186. Hello I had my tonsils out 16th February and of course I’m in pain. The first day was difficult since my uvula was swollen. The size is reduced, I swallow easier, but is still difficult to sleep as it blocks my throat. I eat, I mean drink, almost everything like chicken, steak ect as I cook them and then make it cream. Cold water makes huge difference, so I drink many lt a day. Painkillers like depon and ponstan do amazing job. I hope I will be ok till 27/2 and able to go back to work.

  187. I had my tonsils out 8th February and it has been ten days from hell! The day of the surgery and the few days that followed wasn’t too bad. I was able to sleep right through the night and took enough painkillers to see me through the day and drank plenty of water. When it got to day 6 this is when the pain kicked in but I thought this was due to my scabs falling off and didn’t take much notice to the pain increase. By day 7 and 8 I was in so much agony I was constantly upset as the pain was so unbearable and it was so painful to even swallow my own saliva.

    I went to my GP and they had a look and instantly he told me I had an infection and prescribed my penicillin. After being on my antibiotics a day I feel so much better in myself already

    If the pain is too much I would definitely go see a doctor and I wish I done this sooner as I was so run down from the lack of sleep and pain I was in!

    (And I can finally talk properly!)

    My top tips would be to hydrate a lot- even if it’s super painful. My doctor told me that because I was unable to drink or eat properly I was lacking sugar and told me drinking flat Coke? Would help this. I read not to eat ice cream as it causes a build up at the back of the throat and I ate plenty of lolly ices as they soothed the throat and I would put an ice pack on for the swelling and took plenty of ibuprofen to help with any ear aches

  188. I have had my tonsils out on Monday and the pain is crazy my ears An throat hurt, I can hardly swallow I have to spit every few mins, paracetamol isn’t working, the throat spray they give you doesn’t work, I have been really unable to eat , my neck and throat and face are swollen, it’s so Hard An painful I can’t hardly sleep I keep chocking and bring up yellow stuff.. when does it get better it seems to be getting worse not better, when I try to drink it stings and I have a horrible cough 😭

    1. From what they explained they burn the site to stop the bleeding. I was sent home but I haven’t sleep because I’m still bleeding. It has slowed but still bleeding and I swallow it which causes me to vomit up the blood. Ent refused to get out of bed to come in I have to go to their office to see if he’s sending me to get another surgery which means I have to start all over for scratched. This surgery has been a murphey law. i guess I will see what this doctors says tomorrow. The er was amazed this is happening so late in recovery. For some reason my recovery was very long. I just ready to get back to normal and eat. I haven’t ate in 2 weeks. The thoughts of starting over is causing major anxiety. Thank you for your prayers I need them.

  189. Hi everyone,

    I had my tonsillectomy on January 30th. I am now about 18 days post surgery. I am 27 years old, my profession is a teacher in a very rough school. So I requested 2 weeks off from work – since I unfortunelty have to speak loudly often.

    Now that I’m thinking with a clear mind I just want to reassure all the people on here looking for help/guidance that you can do this! I got my tonsils removed mainly because of the tonsil stones and also because they were huge and in the way. They disrupted my daily life. When I went to the ent she suggested right away to get them out, but I waited about a year until I actually got the guts to do it. I heard SO many horror stories and kept putting it off.

    So here is what I experienced.

    Day one- I was so nervous for surgery! I got the to hospital and prepped. They gave me a sedative to calm me down before surgery and that’s the last thing I remember before getting the anesthesia. I woke up very confused I felt a little sore. The nurse gave me applesauce with ginger ale. I was surprised to find I could actually swallow! I was able to go home and rested for the day. I drank a lot of water and took my Percocet every 4 hours. Day one wasn’t bad. Just keep an ice pack on your neck, crush your pills up in applesauce, use a humidifier and drink ALOT of water. Pain was about a 4/10 day 1.

    Days 2 and 3- so the worst part about this recovery for me was the first 5 days I got absolutely no sleep. I had to get up every 5 minutes to drink water to stop my throat from drying out. I also needed to sit up while sleeping because if I didn’t I would choke on my swollen uvula. On top of that you don’t want to let too much time go by in between pain pills. Make sure you have your doctor prescribe you something for nausea just incase!!!!! Being on the pain medicine with no food caused me to have awful awful nausea the first night into the second day. I was convinced I would throw up and that was my worst fear. Thankfully I had someone to take care of me and forced applesauce down my mouth to get some substance in my stomach. The next day my doctor prescribed me promethazine, it worked wonders. It did make me feel super loopy combined with the pain meds but whatever no more nausea. I could only eat soup broth, applesauce, and water ice. Pain was 5/10 on days 2+3. Drank a lot of water about 3 large glasses per hour.

    Days 4-7: these days were probably the most painful for me. Big thick yellow scabs formed in the back of my throats leaving a weird like mucusy feeling in my throat, which was fine not painful – just something that happened. The pain was a throbbing feeling in my throat, ears, and head. I couldn’t turn me head it was very sore, just keep the ice packs on there it helps! someone also said put a warm washcloth on your ears; this was great too. I didn’t get much food down on these days – still soup broth, ices, and applesauce. I also didn’t get much sleep I was so out of it from lack of sleep and being on medication. But again this wasn’t anything unbearable – YOU WILL SURVIVE It was a very sore/stiff feeling. Not being able to sleep was the worst. I tried to sleep in a recliner. My humidifier, ice pack, and staying hydrated really really helped! Drinking water was so important to me because it kept the scabs wet which made them falling off so much easier for me. I honestly didn’t experience any serious pain with the scabs falling off because they didn’t dry out. talking was hard I sounded very weird – it’s best not to talk because it’ll be sore later on. Pain was about 6-7/10 during the days 8/10 in the evenings.

    Days 8-11: these days were like a roller coaster for me. I would feel great and then the pain would set in during the evening / night time. Not as bad at the previous days. The scabs started to look like they were going to fall. It is so important to drink a lot of water! My friend said the scabs coming off were the worst part for her because she didn’t hydrate but for me I didn’t really feel anything! They fell off in my sleep on days 9-11. I still didn’t eat anything crazy the most I ate was a little over cooked Mac and cheese and some potatoes with butter. I still was taking pain medicine.. I needed it during the nights especially. Sleeping became possible again on these days I would sleep for about 2 hours wake up and hydrate and sleep and then wake up for meds and water. Pain was 6-7/10 but again nothing unbearable!

    Days 12-14: I started to see the light!! The scabs were almost all gone. I was able to eat potatoes and Mac and cheese. I ate ice cream too these days. I was able to open my mouth much more. I didn’t take my pain medicine too often. I still used ice packs, humidifier, and lots of water. Sleeping on my side became possible, and felt amazing! I slept through the nights. Still be careful with what you eat because I cut my wound a little trying to eat a soft brownie which caused everything to sting that spot. Pain was 4-5/10.

    Days 15-today: my voice is almost back to normal! My students said I sounded like I had a bubble stuck on my throat. Talking at work was really hard for me and caused me to be sore but I survived. I felt a lot better I could walk around and do things. Still no hard foods. Until about 5 minutes ago on day 18 I at a chicken nugget and it was glorious!!

    Anyways, my recovery wasn’t too terrible. Yes at times is sucked but I made it and you will too!!! 14 days of rest I needed. 17 days of soft foods. I lost about 12 lbs. But, guess what? I feel like I can breath because there is actually room now. I feel fresh and not self conscious of my breath because I don’t have those darn tonsil stones! I don’t regret getting the surgery at all and I’m only 18 days out. You will be okay and feel so much better soon!

  190. Hello,
    I was looking for some relief on your blog.. on day 6 as I had surgery on the 8th of February. The most pain I’ve been having in these few days is from my ears, not even from my throat that much. I hope the pain is almost over!!

    1. My 2 year old had his tonsils out on the same day. The first few days were fine, but the last couple he refuses to take his meds, he just spits them out, and he won’t drink. Once in awhile I can get a popsicle into him, but that’s it.

  191. Hi Nicole
    I agree with Janet.
    Now the pain you are having are all part of the surgery. You will have swelling in your tongue/ throat/ excuses ear pains and that will last for awhile. I was getting anxious on my day 10 after surgery that all my pain was not easing down. I had to take another week from work aside of the 2 wks I took off to heal. It little took me 3 wks to actually feel better. Alot of us heal different some may take a few days others like me took longer. I know is very frustrating as you looking for answer with your surgeon. Just try to rest as much as you can as when we rest our body heals faster. Yes gargling with warm salt water will help. Keep drinking lots of water because you will definitely feel dry. I also managed to gargle with peroxide that helps alot as well. The cold compress will definitely ease the pain and swelling just keep doing it. I wasnt to much on the oxy as they wasnt doin to much for my pain so serious crush tylenol will numb your pain faster and longer. I know food is hard to eat but dont push it if u cant is very stressfully painful when you trying to chew and that tongue hurts so bad. The more fluid you intake the more hydrated you will be. Chicken broth will help too. I really didn’t care of food while i was in excruciating pain. Yes i did lose weight but my liquids kept me hydrated and away from heading to the ER for hydration. I am so sorry you going through this but keep strong i promise you it will get better. You will have them bad days and it will turn out to be good. Keep me posted please.

    1. Ok it makes me feel a little better that someone else was in pain this long. I knew pain came with it but most of what I read people were getting relief or starting to get relief by now. I haven’t ate due to the swelling mostly, and the pain. 9-10 days without food is taking a toll on my body but I am not dehydrated. I’m by a humidifier 24/7 and I drink water all day long. Bewtween the lack of sleep more than a few hours at a time and no food I began to panic. But knowing others were in pain this long soothes my mind because I was really thinking something was wrong. Because my pain is mostly in my mouth, in my throat too but my mouth more. Thank you. Your post has let me calm down a bit now I just need to finish this recovery I hope the pain starts to decline soon!

      1. I am glad I can ease your anxiety. Believe me I was also going crazy thinking why I wasn’t healing as fast as everyone I was reading there post. My surgery was on 1/23. And to be honest just last week Thursday I started to feel some relief. I still have a bit soreness in my throat but I am over the pain as of last week. I kept chewing on ice chips for my tongue swellingness to go down. Or and also i kept drinking warm tea with a teaspoon of honey/ and ginger and a slice of lemon. I felt some type of comfort doing it. I bought cepacol extra strength (honey) to help to numb my throat and tongue. Chewing gum sugar free will also help for the tongue relief. Believe me it will hurt at the beginning but push through just for a bit. Doing it everyday your tongue and throat will start feeling different. The humidifier will help. You are almost there. It took me more than 10 days to heal. So dont you worry. I even lost my voice. I just got it back last week. Everyone goes through recovery differently. i kept my ice pack all the time around my neck.

  192. Hi Lauren
    I am sorry you feeling that way. Unfortunately it may get worse as your body is needing to help you heal. This is going to be a hurtful process so you are going to be strong. What help me was to crush one tylenol into my applesauce the pain will control itself faster that way. Try drinking lots of water to stay hydrated and also to speed up the recovery. Get a humidifier and be on it all day. Also get an ice pack and wrap it around your neck it will help soothe the pain down. Dont try eating anything hard it will irritate your throat. Applesauce/ jello/ mashed potatoes/ soup dont forget the water. Try gargling with warm warm and salt that will also soothe the pain. For now all you are needing to just sleep. Sleep will be the most impossible thing now your body needs the rest to heal. Please be strong it will get better.

  193. I’m now on day 7. Pretty much out of pain meds. Scabs still haven’t fallen off but my tongue is still very swollen and hurts! I had to get stitches so no easy days for me. Now when i drink it comes out my nose every time. I went into a dr visit he says I have to tough it out. I have to wait another week for pain to subside but everyone’s pain seems to decline after day 5,6,7 but my scabs haven’t even begun to fall off yet. I regret having this done. I haven’t ate in a week. I’m going insane at this point. I am very weak…..

    1. NICOLE; how are you feeling now? Are you in as much pain as you described? Because you should not be at this point. With all due respect, you need to see another doctor – at least for a second opinion. A doctor that will check the status of the scab, evalate your pain, and refill your pain medication for another week or so. Ask DR about xanax a few times daily; boosts your pain meds and help you not go insane. DEMAND pain medication when you truly need it, but wean off as soon as you no longer need it. Try taking Tylenol in between doses of your pain medication. And you shouldn’t be dripping fluids from your nose any longer after you drink fluid. That might happen the first day (as it did with me) but not a week later!! You need to eat Nicole. If you can’t handle applesauce or other soft food like jello then hit the baby food aisle;I know it sounds crazy. Try their applesauce, bananas, pureed fruit – anything that you would normally eat in an adult food and not pureed – try it. You are starving your body from the energy that it needs to heal. I understand. it hurts too much to swallow, but please, just try. I survived on pudding ,Jell-O. and juice along with huge amounts of water ( and I hate water) for almost 10 days – I get it. But I also had a kind, understanding experienced surgeon that recognized I was in pain and refilled the medications that I needed. If yours doesn’t, shop for another doctor or go to emergency room….every day if you have to. Your tongue will hurt for about 7 to 10 days but each day it should get progressively better. Btw: it took 11 days for my scab to completely fall off, no worries. Keep ice or bag of frozen peas around your neck. Keep humidifier on 24/7. How are your ears feeling? You will be in my thoughts and prayers, contact anytime. Watch this blog, a lot of followers have amazing advice!

      1. Hello Janet,
        I am still in as much pain if not worse today. I am giving it until Monday and if I’m no better I am going to a emergency room out of state. I demanded a refill in tears and the doctor basically said he will not refill because he says I must be a addict! I could not believe what he said to me i gave him a few choice words and hung up. I did get stitches and he says that’s why my pain is stronger and longer but I have to tough it out. As far as eating I want to eat i physically can not eat my tongue is too swollen to swallow. I have aten a few bites of apples sauce but that burns very bad to the point I feel sick to my stomach and loose my appetite. My doctor said he isn’t concerned with me eating as long as I drink. I can only seem to get down water painfully but I get it down. My hiccups are back too. I’m on day 9 I think and I take ibprophin and alieve religiously. I’ve been to the er once they gave me fluids, steroids and if pain meds and sent me home. My doctor is tied into the my local hospital so I would get no relief for pain just iv fluids by going to the er. Which I’m drinking so it seems pointless. He also refuses any more steroids. My lip is still numb and my tongue still swollen. The emergency doctor visit and my er visit could not even see my throat due to the swelling but didn’t seem to be concerned. Something just doesn’t seem right to me so by Monday I’m traveling out of town to have another hospital who didn’t do this work look at me because I really feel like they might have done something wrong. I’ve felt the same since i woke up from surgery with NO relief whatsoever. I’m weak I’m starved and I’m frustrated. 🙁 I’ve been watching this blog for advise I have tried several throngs just nothing seems to be working. I hope to find someone who went through this and what was wrong or what solution works for them. Thank you for your prayers and thoughts.


        1. Hi Nicole, About two years ago, a law was passed that permits hospitals, physician offices and pharmacies to share information. Nationwide, Nicole. So it doesn’t matter what State you go to, they can easily access your medication records. It was prompted by the outcry against opioid addiction – which really is a problem in this country more than any other. Doctors are the first to admit their guidelines are harmful to those really needing pain medication. Like you. Clearly, you cannot become addicted in five days, I think you should make an office visit appointment with your physician to see what he can do to lessen your pain. And after day 10, it should be manageable with OTC medications. If you truly fear there was some medical error, then see another dr., and be completely honest. There are alternatives to hydrocodone or oxycodone that really help with your pain, including antidepressants. Or, maybe go in to see your doctor. Do not discuss with staff on phone, just make an appointment for complications from surgery and you need office visit appointment right away.
          Be honest with your Doctor at visit, and tell him/her that you are not an addict, you’re not exaggerating your pain. Either something went terribly wrong with procedure, or there is something more sinister going on in your body. Have you ever been tested for MRSA? Had a recent physical? This is your life, and YOU have got to get back to it. Tell the doctor you need their help to do just that. You are in my thoughts and Prayers. Now, go gargle with warm salty water! 😇👩🏼‍💻

          1. Yes I know. My reason to go to another hospital that is unaffiliated to look for any damage they might have done. I live on the state line so another state is about 30 minutes from here. While I am in pain, pain medication is not the main reason for me going. The swelling and me not being able to eat and me being in this amount of pain still is making me feel something is wrong. That’s why I want to go somewhere Unbiased to check. My doctor and surgeon are all affiliated with my local hospital. Cahoots if you will. I’m afraid they may not tell me if their is something wrong to cover their doctors butts. I been gargling so much It’s drying out my mouth. I haven’t been checked for mrsa. I had a CBC done when I went to the er last week. Wouldn’t mrsa show up?

          2. A little update. I’m in the er. My throat began to bleed out of no where. May need a second surgery. 🙁

  194. today is my 9th day after surgery.on the very early morning of my 7th day,i woke up from tasting blood in my mouth.then i started coughing up stopped.sfter 2 hours i started to bleed again but not as much as the first one. Morning time,my sis checked my throat and found out the the scab on my left side was gone so with my offensive smell.Maybe that’s the reason of the bleeding? 8th day from my post op, i went to the hosp for follow up check up and the doc said i should have gone to the a&e when the bleeding started becuase i might have an infection.Then he prescribed me an antibiotics for 7 days. I started taking it last night. Now,i woke up again tasting blood in my mouth and started coughing out a bit of blood then it stopped after i applied ice pack on my neck.i went to sleep then i woke up again tasting blood in my mouth.this time i was just spitting i am applying ice pack again on my neck. does any one of you have same experience? i am a bit scared. The doctor said tho that my throat is healing.
    when i cough or spit blood,there is a black curdled blood on the this normal?
    the pain in my throat is managable now. I started eating a solid but not so hard foods..

    1. My new friend, Nicole? Why 2nd surgery? Whats going on? Debridement and repack? In local hospital, or go across state lines? Need update! My thoughts and prayers are with you! Jan

      1. No state line I tried ensure and my energy began to rise. From what they explained they burn the site to stop the bleeding. I was sent home but I haven’t sleep because I’m still bleeding. It has slowed but still bleeding and I swallow it which causes me to vomit up the blood. Ent refused to get out of bed to come in I have to go to their office to see if he’s sending me to get another surgery which means I have to start all over for scratched. This surgery has been a murphey law. i guess I will see what this doctors says tomorrow. The er was amazed this is happening so late in recovery. For some reason my recovery was very long. I just ready to get back to normal and eat. I haven’t ate in 2 weeks. The thoughts of starting over is causing major anxiety.

  195. I haven’t seen to many people who share my symptoms. I am currently on day 3. I was admitted after I was supposed to have a day surgery due to a complication with me having a hard time stopping bleeding. Causing me to get stitches on my left side. I have lost my voice my tongue is so swollen I can barely close my mouth. As well as my throat causes me to have a hard time sleeping. I wake up gasping. Also I have hiccups maybe 45% of my day. And it hurts! And from what I read the worse is to come. I have obstructive sleep apnea and had strep throat 5 times last year. My doctor has gave me Percocet pills and I have a pill splitter and they are still getting stuck! I called for a liquid and they refused. My advice is get liquid everything if you can. And take the pain meds religiously 30 to 45 minute prior to due dosage. I have had 4 children 2 surgeries and 2 dislocated knees and this one tops the cake. This hurts! I find sherbet and water are the only things that semi swallow with the least amount of burn on my throat. I tried soup and that was awful. Also a ice pack on your throat works wonders. Good luck to anyone going through or about to go through this.

    1. Hey Nicole, you have really had a hard time, and I’m so sorry, even without complications like you have had, it’s hard enough. If your doctor won’t give you liquid pain medication, and liquid antibiotic and stool softener, find another doctor who will. No tell him or her exactly that. Your swelling is only going to get worse over next few days, get what you need to be comfortable. Keep your throat moist; get room humidifier (cheap at Wal-mart, ice packs around neck, and gargle every time you go pee. Warm-salty water (drool it out, don’t spit). Kind gross, but works. Sleep upright (blood rushing to area will increase swelling.) when swelling maxes out, your eats will hurt – may be normal, but sucks. Try not to yawn or cough (hurts) Keep crushed ice in mouth constantly! Or popcycles. My prayers with you, reply anytime. (I promise, your voice will return!) Janet

      1. Thank you Janet for your prayers. I appreciate all your advise. I have a humidifier going at all times. As for the popsicles I can’t open my mouth wide enough to eat them. That’s how badly my tongue is swollen. I’m now sitting at the emergency room at 1:41 am getting steroids and duladid and fluids in a iv. Have you ever heard of this type of complication? I expected the throat swelling and pain but my tongue? And the constant hiccups? That hurt my throats that much more. The worst part of recovery is I feel starting to rear its ugly head but I’m already miserable. I’m going to be calling the emergency line tomorrow and demanding liquids because I’m starting to suspect some malpractice may have taken place. My doctor never spoke to me or my family after surgey and I’m here stuck with a swollen tongue and hiccups and choking on the pills given to me for pain. Before I called and started chewing people out I was trying to research if this is normal. But the people here at the emergency room seem to be stumped too. Hopefully I make since as I am on a strong iv pain killer right now. Thank you for all of your advise.

        1. As a paralegal, i should warn you NEVER to use the phrase malpractice with any health care provider; puts them on defense and you will never get a straight answer. That being said, have they given you any benedryl? Almost sounds like allergic reaction, huh? This is not normal. While in ER. Ask for surgical consult (another way of making paper trail) and you comfortable, and they send you home, the Er DR can give you liuid medication don’t take no for an answer. Stay in touch. Ill be thinking about you and sending you loads of preyers. You will get thru this, and one day, laugh about this nightmare. Peace be with you.


  196. Hey everyone,

    I got my tonsils out on the 27th and didn’t find day 1 that bad…but ever since after, I have trouble even sipping water. I’m trying to eat a large variety of food – in England we are encouraged to follow a normal diet post tonsillectomy so I’ve been forcing down bread, pastas etc as its thought that these texturised foods scrape the back of the throat stopping bacteria from building up.

    But the pain is becoming unbearable…I think during the operation surgeons caused trauma to my tongue and its swollen from one side which just adds to the pain. I can barely speak and the right side of my neck aches so much and that side of the throat hurts even more when I swallow. I don’t know if anyone has experienced this? I am worried as its come on since yesterday…like having a permanent lump in the right side of my throat along with right-sided ear ache.

    Also does it hurt when the scabs fall off?

    1. Hey Adina, yes, your tongue will be sore for a week or two – completely normal. The pain on side of neck is from swelling, usually hits around day 3. Ugh, right? That pain passes pretty quickly if you are using ice packs on your neck, and drinking lots of water. Hugs to health. Janet

      1. Ive been icing it a lot and it feels a lot better! Thanks so much for you advice 🙂 but it does feel like I have something stuck in my throat?

  197. Have a big selection of soft food. Jellies, custard, mac & cheese, milk shakes, diet shakes (good nutrients in them) cordial, power drink (like power aid). Medicine, Pain stop, Panasonic, nurofen and pheregon (if he feels sick). Try to get liquid medicine. Make a place weready he can sleep sitting up, laying day causes swelling. Get some flexible ice packs for his neck. Hopefully cause his young he’ll heal quickly.

    1. My husband who’s 56 just had the procedure 2 days ago. His doctor strongly recommended the liquid Tylenol, which you can find easily for children. The liquid dosage is equivalent to that of the tablet. My husband has to mix it with water and take is slowly using a syringe (pharmacies have these, often give for kids). His tongue is also still very swollen, and he’s had an awful time swallowing even water.
      It’s so hard to see him suffer like this.

  198. Ice pack your neck. Take ibuprofen every 4 hours – it reduces the sweeping in your throat. Keep ice on your neck 24 hours. Dry room temperate water, it just goes down easier. I feel so sorry for you. I’m on day 21 post surgery. Also if you can, get stronger pain meds as well. My throat still has scabs but I feel so much better now.

    1. Hello to anybody who is reading this, I am a 15 year old girl and I have had tonsillitis 14 times during the past year. So my surgery is in a week today and it was reading here that I first heard about the tongue swelling. I have tried to prepare myself for the pain but I’m really quite dreading it. I just want to know if the swelling is common or just in certain cases? Thanks!

  199. Hi everyone,

    My name is Brittany I am 26 years old. I posted a few days before surgery about how I was nervous! But, here I am now got my tonsils removed on January 30th.. I am going into day 3.

    Days 1 and 2 were bearable. I was able to drink water and juice, eat soups, mashed potatoes. The only problem I encountered was sleeping. I haven’t slept for more that 15-20 minutes at a time.

    The pain medicine they gave me is 1-2 tablets of Percocet every 4-6 hours. I honestly cannot wait more than 4 hours for my pain medicine- if I wait or try to take only 1 pill the pain becomes rough so don’t skimp out on the pain medicine like I tried to.

    Anyways…..I’m starting Day 3, my throat is really starting to hurt almost like it’s completely swollen shut! I am even having a hard time taking down water. It’s currently 1:30AM here in the US and I haven’t been able to sleep normally since I got out of surgery. I have to sleep sitting up and I wake up every 10 minutes needing water or feeling like I am choking on myself. From reading everyone else’s experiences I can only expect it to get worse before it gets better. It Is nice to have a support group on here where others know what I’m going through!

    So here goes nothing… bring on day three!

    1. Great attitude Brittany! Yes, today and tomorrow should be your sleeping days. Ask your doctor for stronger dose of percocet if you dont get better relief by tomorrow. Avoid mashed potatoes and other dairy products, sticks to the scab. Once the scab does come off, you will feel a whole lot better. That choking feeling is the swelling thats kicking in, then your ears will begin to hurt when swelling maxes out. Set your alarm every 4 hours, so you stay on top of the pain. Gallon of water a day, and if you cant drink that much, include popcycles and gargling with warm salty water, really helps. Wrap ice around your neck to bring down the swelling. Git a humidifier going? You are doing great!!

      1. Thank you for your advice! I just gargled a little and feel better. The nausea was so bad this morning from being hungry – that was no fun. My throat is covered in a yellow coating – is that all scab? Set up my humidifier, so helpful!

        1. Hi Brittany and Adina. Yes, the yellow coating that you see is the scab. It usually begins to fall off little by little starting around day 4 or 5. You usually will swallow it and won’t even know it. Others have reported coughing really hard and the scab coming out with a little bloody tinge to it. But once that scab goes, so will most of your pain. Keep gargling with warm salted water (drool it out, don’t spit.) kinda gross, but more comfortable that way. Try not to cough or yawn. How are your ears feeling? Keep up the good work, so proud of you. You are both in my thoughts and prayers, Janet

          1. My ears are feeling a constant pressure in them. Sometimes I hear ringing in them too. My whole face, neck, and jaw are sore. Awful taste in my mouth constantly – so I am trying to gargle with salt water and alcohol free mouth wash. I’m trying not to over due it with medicine, but it’s hard not to with this sort of pain! I have been taking medicine every 4 hours.. going on day 4 today! Late nights/early mornings seem to be the worst for me. Happy to announce I got some sleep finally = yay! Can’t wait to start feeling better…..

        1. My name is Lauren I am only 14 years old and I had my tonsils taken out and the pain is killing me I ache everywhere I hate the liquid medicine makes me feel sick can anyone tell me how I can get better and what to do as all I want to do is feel better and all I keep doing is feeling worse. I hardly can get to sleep this is the 2nd day from when I ahd the surgery done please tell me what I could do to make the pain go away.

  200. My son is 8 and has had tonsillitis 10 times in the past 13 months … theyre being removed on Monday!! Any advice for me and him?

    1. Rebecca,
      Lots of water for him, make sure he takes the pain medication on schedule, humidifier so his throat wont be so dry, it helps keeping it moist. Just makes sure he doest not eat anything hard that will scrape his throat. I have heard in childrens the recovery is less painful than when is done to adults. Have a speedy recovery!

  201. I’m 17, I got my tonsils out on the 27th of Jan, and am now in day 5. I’ve heard day 4/5 is usually the worst! I could eat soups on day 1 and 2, but other than that I feel really sick and I can’t swallow anything! It hurts just to drink water 🙁 I don’t feel as drained and tired today as I did the last couple of days, but my ears and throats are killing me!! Can people please tell me some tips that helped them? I want this to be over already hahah

    1. Hey Crystal, you are experiencing the worst part, and you only have a few more days before you start feeling a whole lot better. The more water you drink, the faster it will heal. I hate water, so when i got my tonsils out i really struggled with drinking a gallon of water every day. Try popcycles or freeze your favorite juice. Ice packs on your neck helps too. Sleep upright, and keep humidifier going full blast, all day. Try not to yawn, and don’t blow your nose!! Argh. The best advice i can give you is to sleep as much as possible, only waking to take pain meds regularly and drink a bunch of water afterwards. This too shall pass, you’re almost thru the hardest part. I believe in you!! ♡♡

    2. Crystal,
      Cold compress has helped me. Also one tablet tylenol. I smashed it and put it on my applesause it works faster and also goes down smoother than trying to swallow the pill. Drinks lots of water as well. Good luck! Dont forget your humidifier.

    3. Hey Crystal! I had my tonsils out the same day and today kills…I don’t know if you feel the scabs atm? I’d really say ice creams and just anything icy helps! Hope you get well soon 🙂

  202. So I’m a 19 year old male and I got my tonsils out on January 25th, and I do have to say that it isn’t all that bad! I had woke up from the surgery begging them to put me back to sleep because I thought they hadn’t done the surgery!🙈 They had to give me quite a bit of morphine afterwards, this is because of how much pain I was in. I slept most of the day after surgery, I came home and ate Mashed Potato and Gravy this didn’t seem a problem. I kept on top of my pain medication, the doctor had given me paracetamol&Codeine, this just basically knocked me out for a few days, constantly eating mash and gravy (it seems to be the easiest food to eat) day 3 was the same as day 2 and then day 4 I went out for the day with my parents and I didn’t have much pain, haven’t been getting much sleep though and it’s rather annoying as whatever time I sleep I wake up at around 5/6am, I’m now on day 5 now and I’m doing quite alright! Had quite a bit of earache and more pain than normal in my throat. But I think that’s due to my scabs falling off, I’ve started taking ibruprofen instead of Codiene and it’s working wonders, I hope this helps anyone who reads this!

    Just remember, drink plenty of fluids and do whatever you feel comfortable with, getting my tonsils removed has got to be a good descision for me, I had tonsillitis 9 times since August 2016!

    1. 9 times is actually not that many times. So your tonsils were probably quite small and soft. The more infections you have over your life the harder the recovery. I had maybe 70 infections before I got mine out at 38, it was terrible and still have a little bit of pain 21 days post op. I thought I’d be fully recovered by now. Glad yours went so well.

    2. I had my tonsils out 20th Jan, so today is 2 weeks since I had them out.. just wondering as you’re my age do you still have a pain almost as if somthing is stuck in the back of your throat and head ache?

  203. Thank you for this! I am a 26 year old preparing for my tonsillectomy this coming Monday. Of course I have a flare up 4 days before surgery, I hope they will still go through with it. I am a teacher in a REALLY “challenging” inner city school so I gave myself 15 days to recover before going back, I hope that is enough?!

    My main reason for wanting to get these awful things out because of course I get sick often but more annoyingly I get tonsil stones. I am always self conscious due to them.

    I am SO nervous about this recovery, mainly because of all the horror stories I have read on the internet! My doctor was honest and said it wouldn’t be an easy recovery but she said that is the only way I could cure the tonsil stones from coming back.

    Thank you for your posts, I feel much more prepared now. Wish me luck 😖!

    1. I am on Day 10 after Tonsillectomy and I feel much better so now I am going to stop taking painkillers and try to build my strength back up. Good luck and get loads of ice cubes ready in the freezer 🙂

    2. Hi Brittany, I’m Casey & I’m 23. I had my surgery done on the 19th January.
      Hang in there! The worst part for me was day 4-5 and the referred ear pain. It’s excruciating! My advice is have ice packs ready for when you wake in the middle of the night. Quickly take your medication (it will hurt, I won’t lie) then put an ice pack on both ears and just try and breath through it and try to fall back asleep. This will help dull the pain but also the swelling of your neck/face.
      Regarding pain medication, I would take it every 3 hours, because by the time that 4th hour hits it’s already peaked again.
      I’m currently on day 10. I’m able to eat most food, drink with minimum discomfort however still taking panadol 4 hourly. The most painful thing for me is yawning! My god, they don’t warn you of that.
      I hope this helps! If you have any questions, feel free to ask. 🙂

  204. I just had my tonsils removed on Thursday 19 January and I was two days away from my 19 birthday which was yesterday. So at the time of the surgery I was 18. Going in to the surgery was nerve racking and when the anesthetist injected me with the anesthetiser it was really painful on my right arm and all I remember before being knocked out was complaining about the pain and then I was completely out. I woke up in incredible pain, really hysterical, crying while asking for my parents. They had to put a heat blanket on me because I was in shock and was freezing and they called my parents to the recovery area, because I was such a baby and have low pain tolerance. this surgery and recovery was very hard for me. I couldn’t drink any water or even have any food in the first day and so had to be hospitalised. I kept being injected with pain medicines and they really didn’t do anything for me. Waking up on the second day was horrendous. I woke up twice, once at 2 am in the morning and the second time at 5 am in the morning. The nurse was reluctant to give me some pain medicines since she had given me some already but I think my complaining persuaded her to give me some. My jaws were BRUISED and I couldn’t even turn my head. My uvula was also really enlarged and I could feel it blocking my throat and making it hard for me to breath properly. After the pain medicine I was feeling about 60/70 percent better and so was allowed to go home.

    Day three in the morning was really painful waking up. I kept waking up in the morning and taking my pain Medicines (paracetamol and ibrooroojjne and sometime taking codine) because I forgot to set up my alarm and after reading all the advices in this blog, I ordered myself a humidifier which is coming on the 25 of January which is day seven of my recovery 😪😥. The pain was dulled after I toke my medication but I began feeling a small ach in my abdominal that continued through day three.

    Day three was the same as day two. I kept waking up in pain in the middle of the night and sleeping was very hard. I tried to eat porridge and mash potato and that was an absolute fail so I stuck to water, ice cubes and ice lollies (as you guys call it ice popsicals in the US, I’m from the UK if you haven’t noticed from my writing haha) the eating from my side was very minimal because I was afraid of the pain since I’m not good with pain. By day three I noticed that the mornings and the evenings were the hardest.

    By day 4 early in the morning (also my birthday -yesterday) I started developing intense abdominal pain and really strong nausea. I called our countries help like 111 and they instructed me to go to the nearest A&E (Accident and Emergence) as I might have ingested too much painkillers. After I went to the hospital they gave me some IV mendicants to counteract the painkillers (I felt pretty stupid but I was in pain and didn’t notice my painkiller intake) they also gave me Medicines that would protect my stomach lining (Omaprazol) and instructed me to be careful when taking my pain medicines.

    Day 4 was the first day I ate proper solid food. My mother and sister organised a surprise pizza party because it was my 19th birthday and so I ate 1 barbecue chicken wing and one chicken and sweetcorn pizza which was uncomfortable but not too painful. This REALLY surprised me as I was expecting pain. I also drank a whole bottle of water and so was pretty proud of my self.

    Now it’s 1.45 am in the morning in the UK so day 5 for me and I woke up with intense pain in my throat because I sneeze really hard which is a no-no. I noticed some blood in my spit but it’s not heavy bleeding, it’s just a lot of spotting so I’m not that worried. I woke up at 12 pm to take my pain medicine and am not feeling as bad as I did in days 2-3. I’m still waiting for the middnight pain but I’m not that afraid since days 2-3 were the worst for me. I’m hoping that amazon is going to deliver my humidifier soon, however since I don’t have it yet, I’m trying to sleep with my mouth shut. I’m not having really dry throat as I did in day 3-4 because I began sleeping with my mouth closed.

    One of the biggest tip I can give is to drink A LOT OF WATER even if it hurts a lot because this will stop your throat drying out and it’ll stop you being dehydrated which is a painful experience. I also advise eating ice cubes because that helped me a lot and don’t be afraid to eat solid food like I was. Just go for it and don’t anticipate it. I anticipated it and it hurt but when I went for the pizza and chicken wing it didn’t hurt that much.

    Overall my recovery has been up and down and I’m only on day 5 so hopefully it’ll be better.
    Sorry for the long writing just wanted to put all my recovery stages on here.

    Many thanks and I wish you all in your best recovery ❤️❤️

    1. Day 5 has defiantly been the hardest for me. I can’t physically eat food soft or hard. I tried to eat some scrambled egg I made my self and that was a total fail. The only thing I could do today was drink water and after a small nap, my whole throats is aching and I’m spitting blood in my spit bowl and it hurts to spit or swallow. I’m in so much agony and i feel so weak. No wonder people say day 5 to day 7 or 10 are the hardest. If athe next few days are like this then I’m very worried. I changed my order for the humidifier to tomorrow and had to pay extra for it because I couldn’t deal with the night pain any longer. I just hope this week goes really fast as I’ve said befor I have very very low pain tolerance

      1. Hi, you need to put ice packs on your neck. It reduces the swelling. DO NOT sleep lying down. Sleep in a chair upright. Even if you only nap for an hour or two at a time. Get one of those airline head pillows to suport your head. Lying down brings all the blood to your neck and makes it big, pain and throb ‘pain’…. pain in your tummy, that is from taking medication with nothing in your tummy. You can take something like ‘nexium’ before your meds and this will help with that. Also if you start to feel nauseous, I found just 5ml of liquid Phenergan really helps that.
        I’m on day 11. I can remember how sad I was, especially on days, 4,5,6,7,8 & 9. I’ve finally started to feel better. I also could not handle drinking cold cold stuff. So try room temperature liquids. Can’t stress enough about taking pain mess every 4 hours wether u think u need them or not at the moment. Ice that neck – all the time. And sleep up right only ♡ salaam sister

        1. Thank you for the advise Shondell ❤️ I remember typing this and relised that day 1-3 were not as painful as days 5,6 and day 7 which I’m on. The added ear pains are a nightmare and I feel like crying each time I get them because I keep getting them really frequent. I’ve bought myself an ice pack that I put on my neck area and today I’ve eaten a whole toast which I’m pretty proud off but the whole eating thing for me has been a disaster to be honest. I love my mum so much and she keeps bringing different types of food for me too eat and I just feel sick looking at them. My appetite has gone and I can barley keep down baby apple sauce 😪. I’ve received my humidifier but I don’t think it’s helping me. Also I don’t think I can find those medicine that you wrote here in the UK but I’ll ask my doctor tomorrow since I made an appointment with her. I’m just hoping my recovery goes quick.
          I’m glad your feeling better, at least your nearly done haha. Have a great full recovery – Salaam to you too sister ❤️

  205. Hi, I’m 12 years old and am getting my tonsils out Friday the 27 (in January) reading through these really scared the crap out of me. I have a quite high pain tolerance but I’m still scared for my throat has always been a weakness of mine. I also despise plain water, apple sauce, jello, basically everything your supposed to be eating… I had my pre op today and they said I could take pills or liquid.. I have been taking pills since I was 2.. but I fear I won’t be able to swallow them. Any tips would help, I’m really scared!!

    1. Hi Justin, I got my tonsils out last month, and it’s all healed and over! I hate drinking water too, but any fluid is better than nothing. Try tea with honey (iced or hot) or sports drinks. It heals faster when you drink a lot of fluids. Popcycles count too! Most of your medicine can be in liquid form. I couldn’t swallow the huge pill for antibiotic, so doctor wrote a prescription for liquid antibiotic and liquid pain medication. Gargle a lot, it actually makes ur throat feel better, even if it’s warm salt water. Gargle then spit!! Have your mom get a humidifier and leave it on all of the time. They are cheap and found at any drug store or Walmart. Get favorite headphones and set up playlist of your favorite songs and movies. Sleep a lot, but have your mom set an alarm to take your pain medicine so you don’t wake up in pain. It hurts the most when you swallow, so swallow slowly with your head tipped slightly to the side. It won’t last long and you get out of school for a few days and can play video games. I believe in you, and know you will do okay. Don’t be scared. Your tonsils are only about an inch long (at your age) so it’s easier to get them out before you get older, it hurts cuz it’s behind your tongue and you feel it every time you swallow. Just take your liquid medicine and get favorite popcycles. You can have mac&cheese if you cook noodles a Little longer. Ramen? Jan (Grandma) in Arizona.

      1. Hi everyone..

        Don’t be scared.

        I had my tonsillectomy on Monday so tomorrow it will be a week and I am loving my new space in mouth. Everything is still swollen but soon I will be better…it is still painful and hard to swallow tablets or food or drink but I keep sipping water bit by bit and hoping I will get better tomorrow.
        It is painful but putting an ice cube or two (not together!!!) in my mouth always helps! Ice cube before taking my medication, ice cube before eating & ice cube just to keep me going…
        I have made few herbal tea ice cubes and orange ones too..experiment 🙂

        Good luck everyone with the recovery and keep smiling.

        Also big THANK YOU to our awesome doctors & nurses xxxx


        1. I am on day 4 of my surgery and All i can say is OMG what a crucial painful experience this has been. For me it has been really hard to drink anything because of the pain but I do it anyways just so I wont get dehydrated. I must say I have thought many times what in the world did I get myself into but my tonsils needed to be removed. If it wasnt for my mother and twin sister to actually take care of me I wouldn’t know what to do. All i want to do is cry. But reading everyone experience I can see I am not a whoose. Hope everyone are recovered and for the ones going for it Good Luck! Stay Strong.

    2. Get liquid medicine pain killers. Make sure you have ice packs for your neck. Nurofen/Advil REALLY helps keep the swelling down. Think of any soft food u actually like and stock up on it mac & cheese made extra mushie is yum. Get a vaparisor. Sleep upright. Get a gurgle mouth number is you can. I found I could only have room temperature drink/food. Sleep when you can. It’s going to hurt – a lot but it does get better. I’m currently day 10 post op and I’m just starting to feel human again ♡

    3. Hey! I had my tonsils out 11 days ago and I found liquid medicine so much easier to take (normally I’m fine on tablets) I’m afraid plain water is the best thing, I have found that anything else really stings – like apple juice, or that they don’t taste the same as before the operation – like milk.

      Things I have found good to eat apart from jelly which slips down a treat! Pasta, peas, rice, mash, pears, toast with lots of butter, raspberries, ice cream etc soft things.

      Things to avoid, yogurt (it stings!), spice, cheese, cake, salty things.

  206. I’m 17 and i can say this has been the worst pain in my entire life. I had the option to get them out but of course that scared my mother too much so she convinced me that it would be better to wait in hopes that my tonsils would stop making me sick and i would grow out of it. Well, unfortunately i never did grow out of getting strep, tonsillitis and other nasty infections in my mouth and tonsils. So we decided to get them out.
    Day one (the day i got them out) was a breeze. i felt so good in the hospital and it must have been due to all the pain meds.
    Day two was also fine… it hurt a bit more but i didn’t think much of it. Both days so far i was able to eat mac and cheese and some other foods.
    Day 3 was pretty bad. i made the mistake of leaving the house for the day assuming I would be fine. I tried to eat a muffin and it was a no go. I got home and I believe that I just had a frozen drink and popsicles.
    Day 4…. ugh the pain started to set in here. I started to feel helpless! i was able to eat a really thinly sliced hot dog. I tried canned ravioli and that was extremely painful. I had a few popsicles but wasn’t able to finish my last one. my tounge started to swell badly this day.
    Day 5 – so bad! i slept the whole day for the most part. my scabs were starting to come off. it stung so bad. i could hardly drink water. I can’t eat anything without my tounge swelling and stinging. i tried oatmeal and ate about half of what i made for myself. it wasn’t as much my throat in pain that it was my tounge and ears burning. the night was bad. the roof of my mouth stung horribly! even my humidifier felt drying.
    Day 6 – today it is 9am and the start of my 6th day. very painful and similar to yesterday. but i feel a little more hopeful because more of my scabs have fallen off. my throat is bright bright red and hurts so bad. it feels extremely dry.

    for pain meds i was told to take liquid acideminophin (sorry that is totally spelt wrong.) but luckily yesterday my dad was able to get me some acideminophin and codeine. i’m not sure if it makes that much of a difference. but i find the pills fairly easy to swollow.

    now i’m just waiting. last night i broke down and cried. this is worse than any of my tonsil sicknesses. i know that when i am healed it will be awesome. but for now i feel helpless and lonely even though i have a lot of support. I wish i could post pictures of my removed tonsils on here since i have been taking daily photos. i am not sure how they are healing and i would like to be able to compare my photos to others. hopefully the pain is over soon.

    you guys don’t know how bad i’m craving some spice!! ahh!! hopefully soon.

    1. Ahhhh I remember feeling the exact same. That was in November and now I dont even think about it and I haven’t had any sore throats or dry throats. It took a little while but my taste buds have returned to normal near enough. I’m not snoring/holding my breath in my sleep. No nasty smelly and sore tonsil stones. Just when you think you can’t take any more it will all start to ease up and get better. I remember wanting to cry because I felt so sorry for myself but decided that it would just hurt my throat more so wouldn’t have made me feel any better lol I would do it again and I imagine most other post tonsilectomy peeps would agree. It will all be worth it. Nearly there 😊

  207. I’m 21 year old male going on day 7.

    First 3 days were a breeze, day 4 the pain started to kick in and now it is very bad. Drinking water is a challenge and the stinging in my ears is almost as awful as the taste in my mouth. This is the first day I haven’t been able to eat anything. Definitely use a humidifier 24/7, gargle salt water, keep on top of the pain meds, and take a stool softener every 8 hours. Did anyone else begin developing dark blood clots on their scabs around day 7?

  208. I’m 37…I had my tonsils and adenoids removed on 11/29/16. Last night my boyfriend said that I was still snoring. Has anyone else had any problems with continuing to snore after your surgery?

  209. I am a 16 yr old female who decided to get their tonsils out on December 22, 2016. My family and I made this decision based on the fact that I kept getting recurring sore throats and colds. After visiting with my ENT doctor, he said that it would not be an easy recovery but it would definitely be worth it in the end. I did some research about a few weeks prior to surgery to prepare myself, and make sure I knew what I was getting myself into. It came the day of surgery and since my surgery was at 11am, I didn’t have to suffer not being able to eat for too long. After I woke up from surgery, I remember balling my eyes out and seeing my dad holding my hand and my mom putting a wet washcloth on my forehead. From reading multiple stories that all said people woke up in no pain, that was what I was expecting…NOT THE CASE. The nurse that was in the recovery room tried feeding me crushed ice to help relieve the pain, however it did not help. Eventually they put more pain meds in my IV and I went back to my room. They tried giving me a popsicle but I was in too much pain to eat it so I tried applesauce instead. After eating a few bites, they told me I was ready to go home. Once I got home I felt a little nauseous from the anesthesia so I took a nap. After waking a few hours later, my pain intensified. I took more pain meds but those made me sick so I had to switch to children’s liquid ibuprofen. Throughout the night I woke up every 2 hours to take my medicine and drink lots of water to keep my throat moist,.
    Day 2- I woke up in the morning very dizzy so I was not able to get out of bed pretty much all day. The pain was a little bit better than the actual surgery day so I was feeling good, aside from the fact that I was super dizzy. I continued taking naps throughout the day because I had no energy and couldn’t stay awake, probably because I didn’t really get any sleep the night before. Food/drink I had: lots of water, applesauce, chicken broth
    Day 3: Today I woke up feeling so good! I took my pain meds and the pain was almost gone so I decided to run errands with my mom. We went to the mall and got coffee and I felt like I had superpowers. This continued throughout the whole day until night time. Around 7 pm the pain came back but I was grateful I could spend a whole day in minimal pain. Food/drink I had: lots of water, caribou coffee, mashed potatoes, chicken broth
    Day 4 & 5: These were hands down the worst days ever. I cried constantly for 2 days straight and got no sleep at all. Swallowing water was not pleasant and did not feel good. My pain meds did not seem to help and I had no hope on these days. There is no point in sugar coating these days because this was easily the days where I had the worst pain I have every had in my life. Food/drink I had: water, few bites of applesauce
    Day 6: Today was better than days 4 & 5 in that I was able to go out to lunch to get soup. While swallowing, I didn’t have pain, I just had a stinging sensation which was very uncomfortable. Throughout the whole day, it just stung when I swallowed. My scabs did come off in bits as I ate food today. It was not painful but I am assuming that is why I had stinging when I swallowed. Food/drink I had: lots of water, few bits of tomato basil soup, spaghetti o’s
    Day 7 & 8: These days were a lot better than the previous days however the pain started to come back but it was definitely not as extreme as it had been. I was able to go hangout with friends and actually leave the house. Food/drink I had: lots of water, milkshake, mac n cheese
    Day 9: Today was much better than every other day. I was able to have my first real meal! I had shrimp Alfredo and was able to eat it just fine. Friends came over and I continued to have minimal pain all day. Food/drink I had: lots of water, shrimp Alfredo, scrambled eggs, malt
    Day 10 & 11: These days were better and the pain was almost completely gone. Food/drink I had: lots of water, scrambled eggs, chunky soup, pasta with meatballs
    Day 12: This is by far the best day. I could basically eat anything I wanted with minimal pain. Food/drink I had: lots of water, scrambled eggs, salad, pasta, chips.

    -drink a ton of water, it will keep your throat moist and keep the pain down
    -gargle salt water, it seems like it would be gross and painful, but it helped speed up the healing process and keeps the site clean
    -have a humidifier in your room to keep the air moist; helps your throat to stay moist so it won’t dry out and become even more painful
    -take your pain meds on schedule; my mom created a chart that layed out when I should take each medicine so that really helped me stay on track

    1. Even though it was the worst pain I have ever experienced, I am so glad I did it, and do not regret it one bit. It will benefit my greatly in the future. I had no bleeding probably because I drank so much water and kept it super moist which helps. However, your voice will be scratchy and not sound like normal for a few days. But it gets better, I promise!!

  210. Hey guys! Thought i’d also share a few tips that are helping me through. I am from the UK so hopefully we have the same meds (just different brands). Remember everyone’s pain tolerance is difference, just because someone recovered more easily than you doesn’t mean you should be a hero and try and cut back on the pain killers, seriously, if you are hurting, take them. You need your strength to recover quickly.

    I am post-op day 6 (inc day of surgery), had massive nausea attack from anaesthetic, spewing every 15 mins so they kept me in over night. If you do find that you literally cannot handle the nausea, ask for something called DEXAMETHASONE, usually administered by IV. Sorted me right out. False sense of security for day 2,3 & 4, the likelihood is it will get worse before it gets better because of the scabs, so brace yourself! Just remember why you had it done, never have to worry about tonsil issues again! Hopefully we’ll look back and laugh (or cry, or completely repress the memory of it lol).

    Here’s a few things helping me through;

    Humidifier – (warm or cold) doesn’t matter as long as you’re getting some moisture in the air. Also if you have central heating crack a window slightly.

    DO NOT LAY FLAT – If you can as uncomfortable as it is, prop pillows behind you so you are almost sitting upright, if you are that tired you’ll nod off soon enough.

    Drink as much as you can (pref water) – i’ve found anything else stings more for my throat but everyone is different.

    Soluble Solpadeine Max – If you are in the US i’m not sure if they have it or what the equivalent is but these pills have been a god send, they aren’t like the liquid pain killers (gloopy and acidic), I feel as i’m drinking it it’s numbing my throat as it’s passing all the nastiness. (Genuinely tried to switch to cocodamol last night as solpadeine can be addictive, huge mistake woke up in agony this morn.) Everyone reacts diff to medications just find the right one for you, morphine for some reason does nothing for me except space me out!

    Scratchy/Soft foods – I alternate them right now as I want to scrape the crap off but need to be careful in case they come off prematurely, do noooooot want to go back to that hospital. Just eat what you can. For some reason quavers have been amazing.

    Also finally, STEAM! – This has worked wonders for me especially with jaw ache etc, get a pan/pot chuck some boiling water in it and put a towel over your head and in hale it. It’s taken the edge off when the meds are starting to wear off.

    I won’t lie there’s been a few times I have wanted to cry, it seriously sucks, that being said it’ll be over at some point and I can eat a burger again, that day will be god damn glorious!

  211. I think that I have made a huge mistake by having so much surgery at one time. I’m on day 2. My necrotic teeth left puss pockets on my tonsils. So, my surgeon removed the tonsils, along with all of my upper teeth and half of the bottom teeth. I’m in unbelievable pain. My mouth hasn’t stopped bleeding, with my gums so swollen, I can’t shut my mouth due to swelling of gum line. My (removed) tonsils are burning, making it impossible to swallow without crying. All of the aforementioned experiences in this blog has scared me to death. I’m only on day 2, so anticipating days 4-6 have put me in panicky mode. I just sent my daughter for humidifier. Dr gave me Percocet and xanax, along with antibiotic and mouthwash. Any other suggestions? I think my retracted teeth hurt the most right now, with swelling so bad, makes it impossible to swallow without audible scream.. I would be so grateful for any advice from any of you who have experienced this. I’m especially concerned about swallowing (which I can’t without bursting into tears), and what’s this stuff about spitting up scaring from tonsil area? Seriously? I remain,
    Hopeful, but completely freaked out…. and I’m on day 2.

  212. I got my tonsils out on december 20th, so i am about to start day 11. I am 17 years old. After getting severe sore throats about once a month, i figured it was time to get my tonsils out. The first three days were almost painless with my pain meds (oxycodone every 4 hours). The pain got slightly worse on days 4-6. Once day 7 came, i ran out of my pain meds, and days 7-9 were horrible. The pain was terrible and I had a lot of bleeding. I had to go back to the doctor to get recauterized twice. Having a humidifier at night and always staying hydrated + eating helped a lot. Constipation from irregular eating habits and the pain medication was horrible, so plan on taking laxatives. The straining caused my bleeding. Now on day 11, I feel almost no pain throughout the day except when I eat and sleep. It was a rough 11 days, but I am glad I did it.

    1. I got my tonsils out almost 9 days ago, on December 21st. I constantly wake up and go to bed with a sore throat, and have for most of my life, this is due to my extremely large tonsils so a tonsilectomy it was. I was dreading it, as I heard how horrible the recovery can be, mostly from things like this and other people. No doubt this has been some of the hardest days of my life. I havent eaten a full meal thus far and it is really starting to take its toll on me. I sleep A LOT more than usual and do not really have energy for activity. The first three-five days were not horrible, i slept a lot and was on constant pain meds every 4 hours. I actually managed to be social and hang around at our Christmas Eve Party. However instead of getting better as I expected it to, it seems to have gotten/be getting worse. I travelled up to my cottage on day 6 and the roadtrip was rough–would not recommend. With lack of food, the pain meds began to make me feel nauseous and constipated. After 9 days of constipation, I had to go to the pharmacy and get laxatives. Additionally on the 9th day I threw up due to the pain meds. Let me tell you throwing up after this surgery is HORRIBLE! avoid it at all costs. So i am stopping taking pain meds now as they seem to just be messing up my body and not helping. It seems after the laxatives set in and the pain meds worn off i have began to feel slightly better. I still have pain in my throat and thus horrible associated ear pain, which i think is at times worse than the throat pain. Overall, though I am hoping after this terrible morning that it will turn around. I know the nights will be rough still, as the lack of water really causes me a lot of pain. I hope the pain subsides soon and I can eat a meal, get some normal sleep and get off the couch, starting to go crazy over here and definitely understand why this recovery is awful.

    2. I’m on day 4 and I had my tonsils and adenoids removes so do you think it’s the same process and what about my voice isn’t normal for me not to be speaking because it hurts too much so I choose not to …Do you think I can eat soft bread becAuse I can chew and it doesn’t hurt that much to swallow as it did before ,or what about something like baked chicken.

  213. I got my tonsils & adnoids out 7 days ago and i am 15 years old. I knew it would hurt but i never thought it would hurt this bad. The first day was okay and went by in a breeze but then the second day i was in major pain. Then on day three i had a blood episode and had blood pouring out of my mouth. i gargled the ice water, as recommended, and it would stop. i was rushed to the hospital. they said i was okay to go home. then day 4-6 i had more blood episodes, i was rushed to the hospital and stayed overnight. they pumped fluids in me for 24 hours and then released me. after that i went off the hydrocodone, amoxicillin, and one other medicine because i was getting major acid reflux from them. And now that i am on day 7 i do not feel as much pain as i did, i take children’s tylenol and nausea medicine as needed. The biggest thing i learned is no matter how much pain your in you need to drink 6-8 glasses of ice water, even when you don’t eat. Also, when you are hungry there are multiple things i’ve found good. Such as the following: egg drop soup, cream of (your choice) soup, chicken or beef broth, ramen noodle soup (without then noodles), the baby yougert melts (lol), any type of corn puffs or cheese puffs, jello, gatorade, popcicles, and any other soft foods. But one thing i recommend is do not eat ice cream or mashed potatoes, it causes you to get like a thick thing in your throat and it is hard to get that to go away. Anyways if anyone has any suggestions for me i’m all ears.

  214. I got my tonsils out 9 days ago and I am a 49 year old female. I am a big baby and can tolerate very little pain. But after having 2 episodes of abscessed tonsils, I knew that it had to be done and I wasn’t getting any younger. So I researched the LEAST painful way to do this, as most everything I read was horrifying. So I found out about a company called Microline. They make a tool that is sold to ENT doctors that changes the way the tissue is sealed up after the tonsil is removed. This is instead of cauterizing which creates all of the dreadful scabbing. Although they do cauterize any larger vessels. The tool is called ENTcepts. So I contacted the company because no one around the area where I live uses this method. They put me in contact with the sale rep closest to me and he shared the names of six doctors who use their tool. The only problem was that the closest one was 3 and 1/2 hours away from me. I read about each doctor as the locations were all approximately the same distance away from me. It was the BEST decision I have ever made. It was still painful, but very very manageable. I took only half the dose of pain meds for the first 3 days along with an antibiotic and prednisone. I then tapered down to just Tylenol by day 6. Yesterday was day 8 and I was able to eat almost everything at our Christmas Eve fish dinner (fish, lobster, crab, shrimp ect.). I even had a glass of red wine but had to water it down- it felt slightly acidic and I didn’t want to press my luck. When I first got home I was very cautious but ate quite a few things (popsicles, tiny pasta with butter and parm.cheese, crushed cold cereal in milk, peaches in light syrup (they were great), soup (room temp.), jello, even tuna and chicken salad by day 4 as I got more brave on wonder bread. The last thing I wanted to do was create any bleeding and end up in our local ER because they would cauterize and that was the whole thing that I wanted to avoid. I do have the white splotches in my throat on both sides, but I see more and more nice pink color every day now coming back around the area. I think it’s because the “thermal tissue welding” as it’s called minimizes all of heavy gross scabbing. So there’s some scabbing but I believe much less than any traditional methods. I am almost at a point where I feel pretty normal (ears have a little pressure and slight discomfort in throat). I did a lot of holiday activity on day 6,7, and 8 too (lots of shopping, cooking, cleaning ect.) It did tire me but I was able to do it. I also drank a ton of water and I mixed water with apple or grape juice sometimes (about 100 oz, a day). I also had a small humidifier by my bed and propped myself up slightly more than usual. The first 2 nights home I set my alarm and took pain meds because I was afraid not to. I read about people who fell asleep with their mouth open and then their throat got dry and created a lot of pain so the only weird quirky thing I did was use a small piece of “paper medical tape” over my mouth vertically so I wouldn’t accidentally sleep with my mouth open. I tucked my lips in and put a small piece of tape slanted across and it worked great and gave me security that I wouldn’t wake up in a crisis. Paper medical tape is gentle on the skin. Soooo the take away is that it was soooo worth the 3 and 1/2 hour ride to the doctor’s office visit for the initial set up and then another trip on surgery day. The ride home wasn’t too bad as drugs are still working pretty well from surgery. I had no complications at all (except a little constipation and by day 6 I resorted to milk of magnesium and that got resolved ). I was a little bit worried that my doctor would be so far away, but he wasn’t which made me feel good. He was very confident that this method results in very little complications and he was right. It is totally worth searching for this “thermal tissue welding” method and the trip if necessary. But it’s also not totally pain free, but much less than traditional methods. Good luck to anyone contemplating this surgery. If I can survive it and truly say that it wasn’t as bad as I expected anyone can.

    1. I’m on day 4 and I am very scared but also hungry.So far after the surgery I haven’t vomited and i really don’t want to ,it also doesn’t hurt as much to swallow and I can chew without it being a bother. Except I had my tonsils and Adenoids removed ,So do you think I can eat something like baked chicken or any too that I can chew slowly and swallow or what about bread soft sweet bread.

  215. Hello from Estonia,
    Im 31 years old female and had my tonsils taken out on 15th December. Since then I have been keeping my eye on this site, while I was so scared (like most of the people here). It has helped me a lot. Reading, that there are more people in the world how can undestand the pain and the horror I have to go through. Thank you for sharing!
    Like most of you I was also scared of the pain mainly. I thought it would be so horrific. Maybe the pain meds are stronger which the doctors prescribe here in Estonia, but it hasn’t been so bad. Only few days, when I thought I have made a big mistake by going through the tonsillectomy (days 3-4). The most horrific thing was the bleeding… I have had now three of them! Hardly anyone writes about them. Have I understood correctly, that most of you only spit up some small amout of blood? (I haven’t had chance to read all the comments)
    The surgery went very well. I was waiting to huge amounts of blood and being unable to speak or swollow. When I woke up I was even able to talk to the doctor and after three hours I was ready to go home. They still asked me to stay little bit longer, but 6 hours later I walked out and went to the pharmacy to get all the meds just in case the PAIN will come. I planned when I must take the meds and maybe therefor i didn’t have to suffer much. So everyone, who are afraid of the surgery – don’t the next days are much better to be afraid of.
    Then came the day number 6. It was in the middle of the night. I was dreaming something about American Horror Story (while I was watching the series to get my day past) and then I saw that I had to swollow blood while I was being killed and so I did. I did it many times and then I woke up. I felt something salty in my mouth and quite didn’t understand what was going on. I thought that someone cut my neck, but when I thouched it my hand wasnt covered with blood. When I finally spit into the tissue I was shocked. I remembered from this site, that I should put something cold in my mouth and on my neck. I send a message to my friend to take me to the ER, but he was in a deep sleep. While I was holding a cup near my mouth I had bleed about half a cup. When my friend finally woke up, I wasn’t bleeding anymore and had cleaned up everything. So I went back to bed, but I didn’t sleep anymore. The next day I actually felt much better, but still thought it would be good idea to stay in bed.
    The day after that (yesterday) I felt so well, that I went to see my grandmother and spoke with friends and made plans for today. In the evening I started to put some items away and I felt how my face started to go numb and then I felt that salty taste again in my mouth, this time the blood kept coming and coming. I texted my friend and he took me to ER, where they put me into a bed and gave me some meds to thicken my blood. While I was there I started bleeding again. So now I have been bleeding three times. Most of the night I spent in ER, but now Im back at home. Hoping that it will never happen again. I keep spitting in the tissue, to see if Im bleeding, while I feel the taste all the time in my mouth.
    I was taking diclofenac and paracetamol for the pain and it makes blood thinner. So now I have some other pain killers (which I take only one for the night, while the pain isn’t that bad) and some meds to thicken my blood. Hopefully non of you doesn’t have to go through the horror I had here few times. Stay positive and think: after the rain comes the sunlight!

    ps. Sorry for the long post and mistakes in it.

  216. Greetings!
    I just got my tonsils removed on the 21st of December. So today is day 2 to be brutally honest, the first day the pain wasn’t so bad. But now let’s go to day number two. I noticed that I haven’t really been so hydrated and that’s making it very hard for me to swallow. I woke up to a sharp pain in my ear and a very sore throat. Today I struggled to eat some chicken noodle soup that my mum made for me. I only took 2 spoonfuls of it before finally giving up and breaking down into tears. See , I have a very high pain tolerance, but this was a pain that I have never felt before. Hopefully everything will feel better within the next week.

    1. I have a huge pain tolerance also & was expecting huge pain after research etc. Nothing could prepare me for it, it’s much worse then I anticipated and relying on other people who are so use to me bring superwoman is hard. I have been crying a lot, swallowing hurta so so much.

  217. I’m 17 years old and I got my tonsils removed yesterday. Last night was pretty bad because my parents decided not to wake me up at all to give me more oxycodone. Today is a lot better because I’m taking different pain meds every 90minutes(as laid out by my doctor). The only thing I’m worried about is how the scab feels. Whenever I swallow, it still feels like my giant tonsils are still there but I know it’s just the scarring happening. Is there any chance that if I swallow too hard I’ll rip the scab off or something? Because it really feels like I’m going to.

  218. I just had my tonsils and adenoids removed yesterday (December 21). I am a 16 year old boy that is 6’1 and 220 pounds. immediately after the surgery my throat was killing me because they hadn’t given me the pain medication through my IV yet, they did immediately after I said something and I felt better minutes later. I was told to drink a lot of water and to suck on ice and that made my throat feel a lot better. On the way home we stopped at 7-11 and I had a slurpee (not red flavored). This made me feel a ton better, that night I didn’t even feel the pain. I decided to go to bed at 11:00 P.M. And set my alarm to wake me up every 4 hours and I drank cold water and consumed my medications. I got very good sleep on the first night. I woke up the next morning and my throats was dry. (I recommend getting a humidifier and not leaving a fan or ceiling fan on as it will dry out your throat) The more I drink water and take meds the better I feel. I haven’t eaten anything other than a couple ice pops. The pain is about a 2/10. A little bit later today I’m going to try eating cold mash potatoes and cold mac & cheese in an attempt to fill my stomach. I haven’t experienced any bleeding thus far (knock on wood). If anyone has any recommendations on what to eat please don’t hesitate to reply.

    1. Hi Josh
      I had mine out on the 16th, so I’m a little ahead of you. I just posted my experience which you can read. But as far as food goes : my most pleasant surprise was peaches in light syrup (canned or jar). They are cold (refrigerate) and they texture slides right down.

    1. In my experience, no. I once had it for 6 weeks because I stopped taking my meds when I felt better. I never make that mistake anymore, I always finish the antibiotics.

  219. I had my tonsils out on Friday, Dec. 16th, so I’m now on Day 5. I’m 39, so I had no idea how recovery would go for me. Days 1-3 were pretty easy. Days 4-5 were not as good. I ran a fever all day on Day 4. My medicine, liquid hyrodcodone started making me sick on Day 4 so I had to cut back on the pain meds and stop them completely overnight. This morning I got something for the nausea, so I’m back to taking my meds, but trying to stick to a half dose now. The pain is about a 4 when I take the meds. I can feel things happening to my scabs and I have a horrible taste in my mouth.
    Overall, recovery hasn’t been too bad minus a few hours here and there. I know people have said that it gets worse, so I’ll see how it goes in the next few days. Some very good tips that I’ve gotten from this site: sleeping in a recliner, using a humidifier, and staying hydrated.

    1. I just had a tonsillectomy, septoplasty and sinus repair yesterday at 12:30pm (12/19/16). So far I’m coping well. I threw up quite a lot of blood after surgery and got no rest, but after getting home today am starting to feel a bit better. Any pointers for me or what to expect with the coming days? With my pain meds (liquid norco), my pain is quite tolerable. Curious how much more painful it will get in the few day ma ahead.

  220. Hi everyone! I really appreciate everything that I have read on this site about a tonsillectomy. I am a 21 year old female, and I am having my tonsillectomy the day after Christmas (so roughly a week from now). I’m extremely nervous as I hear it is extremely painful. Honestly I’m completely dreading the surgery. Is there any other tips that anyone would recommend for pre or post-surgery? Anyone who has any words of encouragement? Thanks again for everyone’s thoughts and tips!

    1. Hello, I am a 21 year old female and had my tonsils out yesterday. The staff were lovely and reassured me as I was worried and nothing was too much trouble. Being knocked out is amazing and I didn’t want to get up but within half an hour I was eating toast and sipping water through a straw. Honestly it wasn’t as painful the worse bit is it getting stuck but just keep having your water topped up as and other than talking and eating I’m in no pain at all. If you get motion sickness sit in the front of the car and just take it slowly moving around. I woke up this morning and it was very tender but I’d managed 7 hours sleep and after having to painkillers prescribed, again it’s not as painful as I first thought! My advise is don’t look inside your mouth. Toast with fried egg has been the easiest to eat so far and iced water has been a life saver! Take very small sips as you can choke though. Eat as much rough food as you can to break down the scaring. Get easy slip paracetamol in plastic coatings as they are easy to swallow. Overall I just feel mainly tired and my tongues numb but the nurses assured me that was normal. I’d also advise someone just be around the house afterwards as I’m a worrier so having my parents around puts my mind at rest. Anymore questions feel free to drop me a message, you probably won’t believe me (as I didn’t) but it really wasn’t as bad as I thought and I now have lots of new friends from the ward and left smiling!

      1. I had mine done yesterday, along with septum and sinus repair. I heard the first few days are easiest.l, and that for many, the pain is worst days 7-10. Let’s keep connected to how this goes for us. I’m 36 and female. So far I’ve fared well.

        1. If you have any nausea, make sure to get some meds. I got some Zofran. They have made a world of difference in my ability to eat and function. I was able to eat mashed potatoes tonight with no problems.

    2. The surgery goes very smoothly, I had mine done Friday and when I woke up, I didn’t even know my tonsils had already been taken out lol. Honestly, the recovery is pretty rough. Pain medicine every 3-4 hours 24/7 is the key, you really don’t want to miss taking meds as you’ll regret it. Pain is very manageable with medicine, never rises above 7/10. The worst part is always being hungry and not being able to eat normal food, but its well worth it as long as I dont keep getting strep. Good luck and I’d recommend trying not to think about it much until the day of surgery, unnecessary stress.

    3. Hey, also a 21 yo female, on day 4 of recovery! The surgery itself is smooth and painless, and can go very quickly if you have a good surgeon! Anxiety for the surgery is normal but the surgery itself is the easy part. As you’ve probably read, days 1-3 are pretty tolerable. Definitely sleep with a humidifier and don’t expect to sleep in a normal pattern the first few nights. Passing the time has been a challenge, hopefully you’ve got some good shows going on Netflix or some family to keep you company! Don’t miss a pain med dose, even by half an hour.

    4. Hi! I’m a 19 year old female and I just had my tonsils taken out on the 19th. Luckily I got to stay overnight bc I also had sinus surgery and my deviated septum was fixed so having medicine through the IV helps. Honestly the first couple of days were not bad and I was trying to go more than the 4 hours for taking my medicines because I heard days 5-7 are awful (which will be Christmas time /:) honestly sleeping is the hardest part because your throat gets so dry. I found that hot chocolate (at a warm temperature not too hot) helps a lot and ALWAYS DRINK WATER ALL THE TIME.

    5. Hey chandler, don’t be too nervous, if you prepare adequately, you’ll be able to manage the pain! I got mine out on dec 15, I’m a 24 yr old female, and although it’s not a walk in the park, here are some things that have definitely helped:
      1. Get a humidifier-this will soften your throats while you sleep and make it easier to swallow pills in the middle of the night, otherwise you won’t want to take them. (also, sleep in a small room so it the humidifier will actually help, too big of a room will defeat the purpose unless you’re inches away from it)
      2. Get two sets of ice packs-while you have one on each side of your threat, another set is in the freezer to rotate so you. Never have to be without it. Make this your new best friend.
      3. Sleep reclined-I’ve found it doesn’t dry out my mouth as much if my head is tilted up a bit, not sure why. But it also doesn’t strain your neck if there’s proper support. Don’t lay flat-you’ll fine you slightly choke yourself with saliva which you won’t be able to spit out accurately cause your tongue and throat will be sore
      4. Jello, crushed popsicles, smashed pirates booty popcorn eaten with a spoon, soaked graham crackers in skim milk (other milk is too thick I’ve found), pedialyte to make sure you keep in electrolytes (Gatorade was too sugary and acidic for me)
      5. If you have someone to help you be accountable for meds every 4-6 hours, do it. Also set an alarm on your phone too. Temporary annoyance for waking up every 4 hours is worth not having pain!!
      6. Days 1-2 are simple, little pain, surgery is fine, you slee fine and can talk lots. 3-5 start a bit of pain, swallowing will become difficult and scabs will start to form, STAY HYDRATED, I know it hurt but keep drinking girl!! Days 6-8 I’m in the middle of, they’re not fun. My tongue is swollen that I can’t talk or swallow without pain, scabs have started to get a dark red color or bleed. I am expecting this to happen til day 10 and then for the scabs to begin to fall off and to lighten up pain a bit.
      *i was scared for it too, as I went to the hospital the minute I finished my last final at university, and the hosp experience wasn’t bad at all, as I had a great support group. Make sure you have that and get used to the fact that movies and books are now your constant companion for the next 2 weeks. It’s not overly fun sweetheart, but I’m sure you’ll do great! It’ll be worth it!! I also had lots of people praying for me which I feel has helped me with the strength necessary to get through this, you’ll be in my prayers!! Good luck!!!

      1. Janelle,
        Thank you so much for all of your advice, tips, and prayers! I am on day 5 of recovery now. The whole process has gone pretty smoothly, and your advice, along with others, has been extremely helpful and comforting. I have been faithfully taking pain meds as recommended, and that has been my saving grace. I have been taking it easy, relaxing, and have been making sure to stay hydrated! As I have read the next couple of days are suppose to be the hardest, so I am just going to keep doing what I have been doing and hopefully they will pass by quickly. I would have to say that my favorite things to eat throughout this process have been ice cream, popsicles, mashed potatoes (followed by lots of water), overly cooked pasta, and I have had some mashed green beans. I haven’y personally had any problems other pain, and my next appointment in Tuesday so we will see what the doctor says then. I hope you are almost done with your recovery process, and that it has gone smoothly! Thanks to everyone again, and good luck to anyone having a tonsillectomy in the future!!